US20110219407A1 - Portable Media Device and Method for Presenting Viewing Content During Travel - Google Patents

Portable Media Device and Method for Presenting Viewing Content During Travel Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20110219407A1
US20110219407A1 US13/107,762 US201113107762A US2011219407A1 US 20110219407 A1 US20110219407 A1 US 20110219407A1 US 201113107762 A US201113107762 A US 201113107762A US 2011219407 A1 US2011219407 A1 US 2011219407A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
portable media
content
media device
viewing content
viewing
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US13/107,762
Inventor
Paul Anthony Margis
James Allen Haak
Christopher Brian Lundquist
Steven Lee Sizelove
Henry Sugito Osias
Karen Marie Werner
John Andrew Johnson
Drew Calvin Bamford
Sebastian Maximilian Johannes Petry
Stefan Pannenbecker
Scott Bright
Ross Collins
Brian Piquette
Mark Taylor
Christoph Mack
Rand W. Lee
Gregory Singleton
Skooks Pong
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Panasonic Avionics Corp
Original Assignee
Panasonic Avionics Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Panasonic Avionics Corp filed Critical Panasonic Avionics Corp
Priority to US13/107,762 priority Critical patent/US20110219407A1/en
Assigned to PANASONIC AVIONICS CORPORATION reassignment PANASONIC AVIONICS CORPORATION ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: PANNENBECKER, STEPHAN, OSIAS, HENRY SUGITO, PASCARELLA (FORMERLY WERNER), KAREN MARIE, COLLINS, ROSS, LUNDQUIST, CHRISTOPHER BRIAN, BRIGHT, SCOTT, HAAK, JAMES ALLEN, LEE, RAND W., MACK, CHRISTOPH, PONG, SKOOKS, SINGLETON, GREGORY, TAYLOR, MARK, BAMFORD, DREW CALVIN, JOHANNES PETRY, SEBASTIAN MAXIMILIAN, MARGIS, PAUL ANTHONY, PIQUETTE, BRIAN, JOHNSON, JOHN ANDREW, SIZELOVE, STEVEN LEE
Assigned to PANASONIC AVIONICS CORPORATION reassignment PANASONIC AVIONICS CORPORATION CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE NAME OF ONE ASSIGNEE FROM STEPHAN PANNENBECKER TO STEFAN PANNENBECKER PREVIOUSLY RECORDED ON REEL 026279 FRAME 0594.ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE CORRECTION OF A TYPOGRAPHICAL ERROR Assignors: PANNENBECKER, STEFAN
Publication of US20110219407A1 publication Critical patent/US20110219407A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/20Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/21Server components or server architectures
    • H04N21/214Specialised server platform, e.g. server located in an airplane, hotel, hospital
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N7/00Television systems
    • H04N7/16Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems
    • H04N7/173Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems with two-way working, e.g. subscriber sending a programme selection signal
    • H04N7/17309Transmission or handling of upstream communications
    • H04N7/17318Direct or substantially direct transmission and handling of requests
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B64AIRCRAFT; AVIATION; COSMONAUTICS
    • B64DEQUIPMENT FOR FITTING IN OR TO AIRCRAFT; FLIGHT SUITS; PARACHUTES; ARRANGEMENTS OR MOUNTING OF POWER PLANTS OR PROPULSION TRANSMISSIONS IN AIRCRAFT
    • B64D11/00Passenger or crew accommodation; Flight-deck installations not otherwise provided for
    • B64D11/06Arrangements of seats, or adaptations or details specially adapted for aircraft seats
    • B64D11/0624Arrangements of electrical connectors, e.g. for earphone, internet or electric supply
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F21/00Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F21/10Protecting distributed programs or content, e.g. vending or licensing of copyrighted material ; Digital rights management [DRM]
    • G06F21/101Protecting distributed programs or content, e.g. vending or licensing of copyrighted material ; Digital rights management [DRM] by binding digital rights to specific entities
    • G06F21/1012Protecting distributed programs or content, e.g. vending or licensing of copyrighted material ; Digital rights management [DRM] by binding digital rights to specific entities to domains
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/20Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/21Server components or server architectures
    • H04N21/214Specialised server platform, e.g. server located in an airplane, hotel, hospital
    • H04N21/2146Specialised server platform, e.g. server located in an airplane, hotel, hospital located in mass transportation means, e.g. aircraft, train or bus
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/20Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/21Server components or server architectures
    • H04N21/222Secondary servers, e.g. proxy server, cable television Head-end
    • H04N21/2223Secondary servers, e.g. proxy server, cable television Head-end being a public access point, e.g. for downloading to or uploading from clients
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/20Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/25Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies
    • H04N21/254Management at additional data server, e.g. shopping server, rights management server
    • H04N21/2543Billing, e.g. for subscription services
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/20Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/25Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies
    • H04N21/266Channel or content management, e.g. generation and management of keys and entitlement messages in a conditional access system, merging a VOD unicast channel into a multicast channel
    • H04N21/2665Gathering content from different sources, e.g. Internet and satellite
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/20Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/27Server based end-user applications
    • H04N21/274Storing end-user multimedia data in response to end-user request, e.g. network recorder
    • H04N21/2743Video hosting of uploaded data from client
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/41Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
    • H04N21/4104Peripherals receiving signals from specially adapted client devices
    • H04N21/4122Peripherals receiving signals from specially adapted client devices additional display device, e.g. video projector
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/41Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
    • H04N21/4104Peripherals receiving signals from specially adapted client devices
    • H04N21/4126The peripheral being portable, e.g. PDAs or mobile phones
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/41Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
    • H04N21/414Specialised client platforms, e.g. receiver in car or embedded in a mobile appliance
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/41Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
    • H04N21/414Specialised client platforms, e.g. receiver in car or embedded in a mobile appliance
    • H04N21/41407Specialised client platforms, e.g. receiver in car or embedded in a mobile appliance embedded in a portable device, e.g. video client on a mobile phone, PDA, laptop
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/41Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
    • H04N21/422Input-only peripherals, i.e. input devices connected to specially adapted client devices, e.g. global positioning system [GPS]
    • H04N21/4223Cameras
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/41Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
    • H04N21/426Internal components of the client ; Characteristics thereof
    • H04N21/42684Client identification by a unique number or address, e.g. serial number, MAC address, socket ID
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/44Processing of video elementary streams, e.g. splicing a video clip retrieved from local storage with an incoming video stream, rendering scenes according to MPEG-4 scene graphs
    • H04N21/4408Processing of video elementary streams, e.g. splicing a video clip retrieved from local storage with an incoming video stream, rendering scenes according to MPEG-4 scene graphs involving video stream encryption, e.g. re-encrypting a decrypted video stream for redistribution in a home network
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/442Monitoring of processes or resources, e.g. detecting the failure of a recording device, monitoring the downstream bandwidth, the number of times a movie has been viewed, the storage space available from the internal hard disk
    • H04N21/44204Monitoring of content usage, e.g. the number of times a movie has been viewed, copied or the amount which has been watched
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/442Monitoring of processes or resources, e.g. detecting the failure of a recording device, monitoring the downstream bandwidth, the number of times a movie has been viewed, the storage space available from the internal hard disk
    • H04N21/4424Monitoring of the internal components or processes of the client device, e.g. CPU or memory load, processing speed, timer, counter or percentage of the hard disk space used
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47End-user applications
    • H04N21/472End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content
    • H04N21/47211End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content for requesting pay-per-view content
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47End-user applications
    • H04N21/478Supplemental services, e.g. displaying phone caller identification, shopping application
    • H04N21/47815Electronic shopping
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/60Network structure or processes for video distribution between server and client or between remote clients; Control signalling between clients, server and network components; Transmission of management data between server and client, e.g. sending from server to client commands for recording incoming content stream; Communication details between server and client 
    • H04N21/65Transmission of management data between client and server
    • H04N21/658Transmission by the client directed to the server
    • H04N21/6581Reference data, e.g. a movie identifier for ordering a movie or a product identifier in a home shopping application
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/80Generation or processing of content or additional data by content creator independently of the distribution process; Content per se
    • H04N21/81Monomedia components thereof
    • H04N21/8126Monomedia components thereof involving additional data, e.g. news, sports, stocks, weather forecasts
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N7/00Television systems
    • H04N7/16Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems
    • H04N7/162Authorising the user terminal, e.g. by paying; Registering the use of a subscription channel, e.g. billing
    • H04N7/163Authorising the user terminal, e.g. by paying; Registering the use of a subscription channel, e.g. billing by receiver means only
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63FCARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • A63F2300/00Features of games using an electronically generated display having two or more dimensions, e.g. on a television screen, showing representations related to the game
    • A63F2300/50Features of games using an electronically generated display having two or more dimensions, e.g. on a television screen, showing representations related to the game characterized by details of game servers
    • A63F2300/51Server architecture
    • A63F2300/516Server architecture connected to a local network, e.g. in a plane, hotel
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60RVEHICLES, VEHICLE FITTINGS, OR VEHICLE PARTS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B60R11/00Arrangements for holding or mounting articles, not otherwise provided for
    • B60R11/02Arrangements for holding or mounting articles, not otherwise provided for for radio sets, television sets, telephones, or the like; Arrangement of controls thereof
    • B60R11/0211Arrangements for holding or mounting articles, not otherwise provided for for radio sets, television sets, telephones, or the like; Arrangement of controls thereof for record carriers apparatus, e.g. video recorders, tape players or CD players
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60RVEHICLES, VEHICLE FITTINGS, OR VEHICLE PARTS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B60R11/00Arrangements for holding or mounting articles, not otherwise provided for
    • B60R11/02Arrangements for holding or mounting articles, not otherwise provided for for radio sets, television sets, telephones, or the like; Arrangement of controls thereof
    • B60R11/0229Arrangements for holding or mounting articles, not otherwise provided for for radio sets, television sets, telephones, or the like; Arrangement of controls thereof for displays, e.g. cathodic tubes
    • B60R11/0235Arrangements for holding or mounting articles, not otherwise provided for for radio sets, television sets, telephones, or the like; Arrangement of controls thereof for displays, e.g. cathodic tubes of flat type, e.g. LCD
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2221/00Indexing scheme relating to security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F2221/21Indexing scheme relating to G06F21/00 and subgroups addressing additional information or applications relating to security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
    • G06F2221/2109Game systems
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02TCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO TRANSPORTATION
    • Y02T50/00Aeronautics or air transport
    • Y02T50/40Weight reduction

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates generally to portable entertainment systems and more particularly, but not exclusively, to passenger entertainment systems for use in vehicles.
  • Vehicles such as automobiles and aircraft, often provide entertainment systems to satisfy passenger demand for entertainment during travel.
  • the viewing content typically includes entertainment content, such as audio and/or video materials, and can be derived from a variety of content sources.
  • entertainment content such as audio and/or video materials
  • prerecorded viewing content such as motion pictures and music
  • internal content sources such as audio and video systems
  • External content sources likewise can transmit viewing content, including satellite television programming or satellite radio programming, to the vehicle via wireless communication systems.
  • the various embodiments disclosed herein are directed toward portable media devices for presenting viewing content during travel.
  • the portable media device is configured to communicate with one or more content sources for providing viewing content.
  • Each of the content sources may be proximate to, and/or remote from, the portable media device.
  • the portable media device can select viewing content from any available content source and can download and present the selected viewing content in any conventional manner.
  • the selected viewing content can be streamed to the portable media device for contemporaneous presentation and/or stored by the portable media device for viewing at any time.
  • the portable media device can be configured to support two-way communications with one or more of the content sources. The portable media device thereby can provide enhanced functionality, such as support for viewing content uploads and other passenger transactions, during travel.
  • FIG. 1 is an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating an embodiment of a portable media device for presenting viewing content.
  • FIG. 2A is an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating an embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 1 , in which the portable media device presents selected viewing content from a content source.
  • FIG. 2B is an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 2A , in which the selected viewing content is selectable at the content source.
  • FIG. 3A is an exemplary block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 1 , in which the portable media device includes a communication interface for facilitating communication between the portable media device and the content source and an input system for selecting the viewing content and for controlling the presentation of the selected viewing content.
  • FIG. 3B is an exemplary block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 3A , in which the portable media device likewise includes a memory system for storing the selected viewing content and/or at least one peripheral system for supplementing the functionality of the portable media device.
  • FIG. 4A is a detail drawing illustrating a front view of one embodiment of the portable media device of FIGS. 3A-B , in which the portable entertainment device is in an open position.
  • FIG. 4B is a detail drawing illustrating a back view of the portable media device of FIG. 4A .
  • FIG. 4C is a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIGS. 4A-B , in which the portable entertainment device includes a viewing support.
  • FIG. 4D is a detail drawing illustrating another alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIGS. 4A-B , in which the portable entertainment device includes a protective cover.
  • FIG. 5A is a detail drawing illustrating a front view of another embodiment of the portable media device of FIGS. 3A-B .
  • FIG. 5B is a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 5A , in which the portable entertainment device includes a viewing support.
  • FIG. 5C is a detail drawing illustrating a back view of the portable media device of FIG. 5B .
  • FIG. 6A is an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating another alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 1 , in which the portable media device can present selected viewing content from a plurality of content sources.
  • FIG. 6B is an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating another alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 1 , in which a plurality of the portable media devices is configured to communicate with a selected content source.
  • FIG. 7 is an exemplary block diagram illustrating another alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 1 , in which a plurality of the portable media devices is configured to communicate with a plurality of content sources via a content distribution system.
  • FIG. 8A is a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the plurality of portable media devices of FIG. 7 , in which the plurality of portable media devices and the plurality of content sources form a vehicle information system that is associated with an automobile.
  • FIG. 8B is a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the vehicle information system of FIG. 8A , in which the vehicle information system is associated with an aircraft.
  • FIG. 9A is a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the vehicle information system of FIGS. 8A-B , in which the vehicle information system provides access points adjacent to the passenger seats.
  • FIG. 9B is a detail drawing illustrating another alternative embodiment of the vehicle information system of FIGS. 8A-B , in which the access points are distributed throughout a passenger cabin of the vehicle.
  • FIGS. 10A-J are detail drawings illustrating alternative embodiments of a mounting system for mounting the portable media device of FIG. 1 on a headrest of a passenger seat.
  • FIG. 11A-F are detail drawings illustrating alternative embodiments of a mounting system for mounting the portable media device of FIG. 1 on a seatback of a passenger seat.
  • FIG. 12 is an exemplary block diagram illustrating an embodiment of a device management system for the portable media device of FIG. 1 , in which the portable media device includes a device identification system for providing device identification data.
  • FIG. 13A is an exemplary block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the device management system of FIG. 12 , in which the device management system can maintain a historical record for the portable media device and can provide configuration instruction for configuring the portable media device for future use.
  • FIG. 13B is an exemplary flow chart illustrating an embodiment of a method by which the device management system of FIG. 13A can maintain the historical record for the portable media device and can provide configuration instruction for configuring the portable media device for future use.
  • FIG. 14 is an exemplary block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the device management system of FIGS. 13A-B , in which the device management system simultaneously process a plurality of portable media devices, maintaining historical records for each portable media device and providing instruction for configuring each portable media device for future use.
  • FIG. 15A is a detail drawing illustrating an embodiment of a docking station for the device management system of FIG. 14 , in which the docking station is configured to interface with the plurality of portable media devices.
  • FIG. 15B is a detail drawing illustrating an embodiment of a battery charging system for the device management system of FIG. 14 , in which the battery charging system is configured to simultaneously charge a plurality of battery systems.
  • FIG. 16A is a detail drawing illustrating another alternative embodiment of the device management system of FIG. 14 , in which the device management system is installed at an airport terminal.
  • FIG. 16B is a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the device management system of FIG. 16A , in which the portable media devices can be packaged in sealed containers for delivery to aircraft at the airport terminal.
  • a portable media device with an intuitive user interface for presenting selected viewing content from one or more available content sources during travel can prove desirable and provide a basis for a wide range of applications, such as passenger entertainment systems for use on aircraft and other types of vehicles. This result can be achieved, according to one embodiment disclosed herein, by employing a portable media device 100 as shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the portable media device 100 is provided as a portable, handheld media presentation system for receiving viewing content 200 and for presenting the received viewing content 200 .
  • the portable media device 100 can be provided in any conventional manner, such as via one or more hardware components and/or software components and includes an intuitive user interface 110 .
  • the exemplary portable media device 100 comprises a video system 120 for visually presenting a video portion of the viewing content 200 (or video content 220 ) and/or an audio system 130 for audibly presenting an audio portion of the viewing content 200 (or audio content 230 ).
  • the video system 120 and the audio system 130 are shown as being operable under the control of a control system 140 .
  • the portable media device 100 thereby can control the manner in which the viewing content 200 is received and/or presented.
  • the viewing content 200 can be provided by one or more content sources 300 as shown in FIGS. 2A-B .
  • the content source 300 can be provided in any conventional manner, such as via one or more hardware components and/or software components, and can be disposed proximately to, and/or remotely from, the portable media device 100 .
  • the content source 300 can be provided in the manner set forth in the co-pending U.S. patent applications, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DOWNLOADING FILES,” Ser. No. 10/772,565, filed on Feb. 4, 2004, and “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONTENT ON MOBILE PLATFORMS,” Ser. No.
  • the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 likewise can communicate in any conventional manner, including via wired and/or wireless communications. Thereby, when in communication with the content source 300 , the portable media device 100 can receive and present viewing content 200 from the content source 300 .
  • the viewing content 200 can comprise any suitable type of viewing content 200 in the manner set forth in the above-mentioned co-pending U.S. patent application, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DOWNLOADING FILES,” Ser. No. 10/772,565, filed on Feb. 4, 2004.
  • the viewing content 200 may be provided in any appropriate analog format and/or digital format that may be compressed and/or uncompressed, as desired.
  • the viewing content 200 preferably is buffered when transmitted from the content source 300 to the portable media device 100 .
  • the buffering can be provided in any conventional manner, including via, for example, the portable media device 100 and/or the content source 300 .
  • the buffering When configured to communicate by way of a content distribution system 400 (shown in FIG. 7 ), the buffering likewise can be associated with the content distribution system 400 , as desired.
  • the viewing content 200 can have entertainment content, including audio content, such as music or audio books, and/or video content, such as motion pictures, television programming, or any other type of audiovisual work.
  • the viewing content 200 can comprise stored (or time-delayed) viewing content 200 and/or live (or real-time) viewing content 200 , such as broadcast transmissions of live events or pre-recorded events.
  • the content source 300 preferably provides the viewing content 200 substantially in real-time.
  • Illustrative formats for the video content can include Audio Video Interleave (AVI) format, Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) format, and Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG) format; whereas, Waveform (WAV) format and MPEG Audio Layer 3 (MP3) format comprise exemplary formats for the audio content.
  • AVI Audio Video Interleave
  • JPEG Joint Photographic Experts Group
  • MPEG Moving Picture Experts Group
  • WAV Waveform
  • MP3 MPEG Audio Layer 3
  • Streaming video content preferably is provided in MPEG-4 FGS (Fine Granularity Scalable) format to help ensure transmission efficiency; however, the video content can be streamed by the content source 300 in any suitable standard format.
  • the portable media device 100 can advantageously maintain compatibility with one or more other video formats, such as other Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG) formats, including MPEG-1 format and MPEG-2 format.
  • Audio content likewise can be streamed by the content source 300 .
  • the streamed audio content can be provided separately, such as with music, and/or in association with other viewing content 200 , such as with a soundtrack to a motion picture.
  • MPEG-4 BSAC Bit Slice Arithmetic Coding
  • AAC Advanced Audio Coding
  • the streamed audio content can be streamed by the content source 300 in any suitable standard format.
  • viewing content 200 can be provided by the content source 300 .
  • Application software typically is provided in an executable (EXE) format
  • exemplary formats for the textual viewing content 200 include document text file (DOC) format, Portable Document Format (PDF), and text file (TXT) format.
  • DOC document text file
  • PDF Portable Document Format
  • TXT text file
  • the viewing content 200 can be presented by the portable media device 100 in any conventional manner, preferably substantially in real-time.
  • the portable media device 100 can download the viewing content 200 in the manner disclosed in the aforementioned co-pending U.S. patent application, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DOWNLOADING FILES,” Ser. No. 10/772,565, filed on Feb. 4, 2004.
  • the portable media device 100 likewise can store the downloaded viewing content 200 .
  • the portable media device 100 thereby can present the viewing content 200 at any time regardless of whether communication with the content source 300 is maintained.
  • the viewing content 200 likewise can be streamed to the portable media device 100 from the content source 300 . Stated somewhat differently, the viewing content 200 can be momentarily stored (or cached) by the portable media device 100 .
  • the viewing content 200 likewise can be streamed in any conventional manner.
  • Content sources 300 for streaming the viewing content 200 can include terrestrial content sources 300 and/or satellite content sources 300 .
  • live television programming can be streamed by one or more terrestrial content source 300 , such as a broadcast television system (not shown), and/or by one or more satellite content source 300 , such as a Direct Broadcast Satellite (DBS) system (not shown).
  • DBS Direct Broadcast Satellite
  • the portable media device 100 disposed in a vehicle 500 shown in FIGS. 8A-B
  • the viewing content 200 can be streamed to the portable media device 100 from a content source 300 , such as a media server system 520 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B ), installed aboard the vehicle 500 .
  • the viewing content 200 By streaming the viewing content 200 to the portable media device 100 , loss, such as by theft, of the portable media device 100 therefore does not also result in loss of the viewing content 200 .
  • the viewing content 200 preferably is streamed to the portable media device 100 in an encrypted format and/or can be provided with one or more other digital rights management (DRM) controls.
  • DRM digital rights management
  • the viewing content 200 can be protected against any unauthorized use, copying, and/or dissemination, and/or, even if intercepted or otherwise stolen, the encrypted viewing content 200 will not be readily usable.
  • the viewing content 200 can be encrypted in any conventional manner, including the use of proprietary encryption techniques.
  • the portable media device 100 By streaming the viewing content 200 from the content source 300 , the quantity and complexity of the components comprising the portable media device 100 can be reduced. Thereby, the portable media device 100 can be provided as the portable, handheld media presentation system as discussed above. The weight, complexity, and power consumption of the portable media device 100 likewise can be reduced; whereas, the overall device reliability of the portable media device 100 can be increased.
  • the viewing content 200 such as stored (or time-delayed) viewing content 200 , therefore can advantageously be provided from, or stored in, a central location. Thereby, management of the viewing content 200 , including updating the viewing content 200 , is facilitated, and the portable media device 100 can present viewing content 200 selected from extensive resources of the content source 300 . Further, if the viewing content 200 comprises real-time viewing content 200 , including, for example, live satellite television programming, live satellite radio programming, and/or real-time Internet access, the portable media device 100 can present the live viewing content 200 substantially in real-time.
  • the portable media device 100 therefore is not limited to presenting viewing content 200 that can be stored within its resources, which can be limited in comparison with the extensive resources of the content source 300 . As a result, the portable media device 100 can be configured to provide a wide variety of viewing content 200 choices, which can be selected and presented on demand.
  • the portable media device 100 preferably can select viewing content 200 provided by the content source 300 and can present the selected viewing content 200 in the manner discussed above with reference to FIG. 1 .
  • the content source 300 is configured to provide a catalogue of available viewing content 200
  • the portable media device 100 can select relevant viewing content 200 (or selected viewing content 200 ′′), as desired, from the catalogue in any conventional manner.
  • the content source 300 can simultaneously transmit a plurality of viewing content 200 (or aggregate viewing content 200 ′) from the catalogue as shown in FIG. 2A .
  • the viewing content 200 can be transmitted on a predetermined communication channel and/or can include (or be encoded with) a unique identifier (or address).
  • the portable media device 100 of FIG. 2A includes a content selection system 150 for receiving the aggregate viewing content 200 ′ and a content selection signal 250 from the control system 140 . Based upon the content selection signal 250 , the content selection system 150 thereby can identify the selected viewing content 200 ′′ from the aggregate viewing content 200 ′, for example, by selecting the predetermined communication channel and/or the unique identifier associated with the selected viewing content 200 ′′. Upon selecting the select the selected viewing content 200 ′′ and, as necessary, providing payment and/or authorization information, the content selection system 150 can provide the selected video content 220 to the video system 120 and/or the selected audio content 230 to the audio system 130 for presentation as discussed above. Although shown and described as being separate from the control system 140 for purposes of illustration, the content selection system 150 can be at least partially integrated with the control system 140 , as desired.
  • the content source 300 can transmit the selected viewing content 200 ′′ to the portable media device 100 as shown in FIG. 2B .
  • the portable media device 100 of FIG. 2B is illustrated as being configured to transmit (or upload) upload content 260 , including viewing content 200 and/or communication signals, such as the content selection signal 250 , to the content source 300 .
  • the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 can engage in two-way communications.
  • the content source 300 can identify the selected viewing content 200 ′′ associated with the content selection signal 250 and transmit the selected viewing content 200 ′′ to the portable media device 100 . In the manner discussed above with reference to FIG.
  • the content source 300 preferably transmits the elected viewing content 200 ′′ on a predetermined communication channel and/or can include (or be encoded with) a unique identifier (or address) associated with the portable media device 100 .
  • the portable media device 100 can receive the selected viewing content 200 ′′ and provide the selected video content 220 to the video system 120 and/or the selected audio content 230 to the audio system 130 for presentation as discussed above.
  • FIG. 3A is an exemplary block diagram illustrating one embodiment of the portable media device 100 .
  • the portable media device 100 includes a communication interface 160 for facilitating communication between the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B ) and an intuitive user interface system 110 for permitting a user (or passenger) (not shown) to readily interact with the portable media device 100 and, therefore, the content source 300 .
  • the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 can be configured to communicate in any conventional manner.
  • the communication interface 160 is configured to support high-speed data communications between the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 .
  • Illustrative high-speed data communication protocols can include any type of Fast Ethernet (such as 100 Base-X and/or 100 Base-T) protocol and/or Gigabit (such as 1000 Base-X and/or 1000 Base-T) Ethernet communication protocol, with a typical data transfer rate of at least approximately one hundred megabits per second (100 Mbps).
  • the high-speed data communications between the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 can be provided via one or more conventional copper communication connections and/or fiber optic communication connections.
  • the fiber optic communication connections can be trunked, as desired.
  • free-space optics (or laser) technology, millimeter wave (or microwave) technology, and/or Ultra-Wideband (UWB) technology can be utilized to provide the high-speed data communications between the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 .
  • the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 likewise can communicate directly and/or indirectly via one or more intermediate systems, such as a content distribution system 400 (shown in FIG. 7 ). Illustrative embodiments of the content distribution system 400 are discussed in more detail below with reference to FIG. 7 .
  • the communication interface 160 is configured to support any conventional type of communication, including wired communications and/or wireless communications.
  • the communication interface 160 can comprise a Ethernet adapter for wired communications via a computer network and/or a modem for wired communications via a telecommunications network.
  • the communication interface 160 is illustrated as including a communication port 162 for communicating with the content source 300 and a compatible transceiver system 164 for receiving the viewing content 200 .
  • the communication interface 160 can be disposed substantially within, or separate from, the portable media device 100 .
  • the communication port 162 can include a wired communication port for supporting wired communications and/or a wireless communication port for supporting wireless communications over one or more communication frequencies.
  • Conventional wired communication port include a connector system (not shown) such as an Ethernet connector system, such as Registered Jack 45 (RJ-45) connector system, and/or a telecommunication connector system, such as Registered Jack 11 (RJ-11) connector systems and Registered Jack 12 (RJ-12) connector systems.
  • the wireless communication port can comprise an antenna system (not shown) for receive viewing content 200 within a predetermined range of communication frequencies.
  • Exemplary wireless communication ports can include radio-frequency (RF) communication ports and/or infrared (IR) communication ports.
  • the transceiver system 164 is coupled with, and configured to communicate with, the communication port 162 .
  • the communication port 162 can provide the received viewing content 200 to the transceiver system 164 .
  • the transceiver system 164 can be configured to process the viewing content 200 in any conventional manner. Illustrative conventional processes can include decoding, demodulating, and/or analog-to-digital converting the viewing content 200 .
  • the transceiver system 164 can provide the processed viewing content 200 to the control system 140 .
  • the control system 140 typically includes at least one processing system 120 for processing the viewing content 200 .
  • the portable media device 100 can include the functionality underlying each of the above-mentioned devices, individually and/or in combination.
  • the processing system 120 is illustrated in FIG. 3A as coupling, and facilitating communication among, the communication interface 160 , the video system 120 , and/or the audio system 130 .
  • the processing system 120 can comprise any appropriate number and type of conventional processing systems, such as one or more microprocessors ( ⁇ Ps), central processing units (CPUs), digital signal processors (DSPs), and/or coder/decoders (CODECs), and can process the viewing content 200 in accordance with user instructions (or commands), such as a content selection signal 250 and/or a presentation control signal 270 .
  • ⁇ Ps microprocessors
  • CPUs central processing units
  • DSPs digital signal processors
  • CODECs coder/decoders
  • the processing system 142 can decrypt the encrypted viewing content 200 to restore the viewing content 200 .
  • the processing system 142 likewise can be configured to process the viewing content 200 in a suitable manner provide the video portion of the viewing content 200 (or video content 220 ) and/or the audio portion of the viewing content 200 (or audio content 230 ). Thereby, the processing system 120 can provide the selected video content 220 to the video system 120 for visual presentation and/or the selected audio content 230 to the audio system 130 for audible presentation.
  • the video system 120 can be configured to visually present the selected video content 220 .
  • the video system 120 can be provided in any conventional manner and, as shown in FIG. 3A , includes a display system 122 and/or a video port 124 for coupling the video system 120 with one or more peripheral video presentation systems (not shown).
  • Illustrative peripheral video presentation systems can include external video display systems with enhanced viewing features, such as larger viewable areas and/or higher image resolutions.
  • the video port 124 likewise can be configured to communicate with peripheral video input devices, such as a still and/or motion picture camera system.
  • the video system 120 preferably is suitable for presenting any conventional type of viewing content 200 , including any viewing content 200 available via the portable media device 100 , user instructions for accessing the content source 300 , and/or a catalogue of the viewing content 200 available via the content source 300 .
  • the display system 122 preferably has an appropriately-sized viewable area with sufficient resolution for visually presenting the viewing content 200 .
  • Illustrative video resolutions for presenting viewing content 200 can include any color graphics adapter (CGA) resolution, enhanced graphics adapter (EGA) resolution, video graphics array (VGA) resolution, extended graphics array (XGA) resolution, super extended graphics array (SXGA) resolution, ultra extended graphics array (UXGA) resolution, and/or wide graphics array (WXGA) resolution.
  • the video system 120 likewise can provide a graphical user interface (GUI) to facilitate interaction with the portable media device 100 and/or an interactive menu of the available viewing content 200 , including viewing content 200 available via the content source 300 and/or viewing content 200 , such as stored content 240 (shown in FIG. 3B ), previously received by the portable media device 100 .
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • the user interface 110 thereby can provide an intuitive user interface for assisting the user in selecting viewing content 200 for presentation, for controlling the transmission of the selected viewing content 200 , and/or for controlling the manner in which the selected viewing content 200 is presented by the portable media device 100 .
  • the audio system 130 likewise can be provided in any conventional manner and is configured to audibly present the selected video content 220 .
  • FIG. 3A includes one or more speaker systems 132 and/or audio ports 134 for coupling the audio system 130 with one or more peripheral audio presentation devices (not shown).
  • Exemplary peripheral audio presentation devices can include headphones, speakers, and/or amplifiers.
  • the audio port 134 likewise can be configured to communicate with peripheral audio input devices, such as a microphone and/or a compact disk player.
  • the audio system 130 preferably is suitable for presenting any conventional type of viewing content 200 , including any viewing content 200 available via the portable media device 100 .
  • the audio system 130 preferably has an appropriate audio processing capabilities, such as filtering functionality and/or equalizing functionality, for audibly presenting the viewing content 200 .
  • the portable media device 100 preferably has a plurality of audio ports 134 to permit the selected viewing content 200 to be audibly presented to more than one user. Multiple users thereby can simultaneously enjoy the audio portion of the selected viewing content 200 on individual sets of headphones. Further, each user can view the video portion of the selected viewing content 200 by sharing the display system 122 .
  • the audio ports 134 can be provided in any conventional manner, such as via one or more audio jacks for coupling external devices with the portable media device 100 in a wired manner. At least one of the audio ports 134 preferably is provided as a wireless communication port that is configured to support, for example, wireless audio peripheral presentation device, such as Bluetooth-capable wireless headphones in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 802.15.1.
  • IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
  • the audio system 130 likewise can process the audio portion of the selected viewing content 200 in any conventional manner.
  • Illustrative processes by which the audio system 130 can process the selected viewing content 200 to enhance the sound quality can include three-dimensional audio processing to simulate surround sound.
  • the selected viewing content 200 can be audibly presented in surround sound via an ordinary speaker system and/or a set of ordinary headphones.
  • the audio system 130 likewise can provide noise cancellation processing of the audio portion to cancel any ambient noise from the audible presentation of the viewing content 200 .
  • the manner by which the audio system 130 processes the audio portion of the selected viewing content 200 preferably can be controlled by the user.
  • the user interface 110 can include an input system 170 for permitting the user (or passenger) to communicate with the portable media device 100 .
  • the input system 170 can permit the user to enter one or more passenger instructions for controlling the operation of the portable media device 100 .
  • Illustrative instructions can include instructions for initiating communication with the content source 300 , instructions for selecting viewing content 200 for presentation, and/or instructions for controlling the presentation of the selected viewing content 200 .
  • the input system 170 can convert each user entry into one or more communication signals, such as the content selection signal 250 and/or the presentation control signal 270 , as illustrated in FIG. 3A . If a fee is required for accessing the viewing content 200 , payment information likewise can be entered via the input system 170 .
  • the input system 170 can be provided in any conventional manner and typically includes one or more switches (or pushbuttons) 172 , such as a keyboard or a keypad, and/or a pointing device 174 , such as a mouse, trackball, or stylus. As desired, the input system 170 can be at least partially integrated with, and/or separable from, the portable media device 100 .
  • the input system 170 likewise can include one or more input ports (not shown) for coupling a peripheral input device (not shown), such as a full-size computer keyboard, an external mouse, and/or a game pad, with the portable media device 100 .
  • the input system 170 can be at least partially combined with the video system 120 and/or the audio system 130 .
  • the switches 172 of the input system 170 and the display system 122 of the video system 120 can be at least partially combined in the form of a touch screen display system.
  • the display system 122 can be configured to provide visual feedback with reference to user instructions (or commands) entered via the input system 170 . If selected audio properties, such as a volume level, a tone level, and/or a balance, of the audio system 130 can be controlled via the input system 170 , for example, the display system 122 can visually present the current audio properties of the audio system 130 .
  • Conventional manners of presenting the audio properties of the audio system 130 include providing a separate “audio properties” window (or screen) and/or providing a series of bars in which the number of bars are presented in proportion with the current audio properties.
  • the display system 122 can provide visual feedback for other types of user instructions (or commands), including user instructions for selected video properties, such as a brightness level and/or a contrast level, of the display system 122 and/or user instructions for controlling the transmission of the selected viewing content 200 from the content source 300 .
  • user instructions for selected video properties such as a brightness level and/or a contrast level
  • the portable media device 100 is shown as including a memory system 144 for providing at least temporary storage of the viewing content 200 as stored content 240 .
  • the selected viewing content 200 from the content source 300 thereby can advantageously be buffered when the viewing content 200 is streamed to the portable media device 100 and/or can be stored as the stored content 240 for subsequent presentation, as discussed above, regardless of whether communication with the content source 300 is maintained.
  • the viewing content 200 preferably is stored on the memory system 144 in an encrypted format in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 2A-B . Thereby, even if the portable media device 100 and/or the memory system 144 is lost or stolen, the viewing content 200 will not be readily usable.
  • the memory system 144 preferably includes at least one integrated memory device 146 for storing and providing other conventional types of information, including instruction code, such as software or firmware, intermediate calculation results, and other information associated with the processing system 120 .
  • instruction code such as software or firmware
  • intermediate calculation results such as intermediate calculation results
  • other information associated with the processing system 120 e.g., information associated with the processing system 120 .
  • the viewing content 200 includes application software, such as a game
  • the application software can be stored in the memory device 146 and provided to the processing system 120 for execution.
  • the memory system 144 can comprise any conventional type of memory system, such as any suitable electronic, magnetic, and/or optical storage media, without limitation.
  • Exemplary storage media can include one or more static random access memories (SRAMs), dynamic random access memories (DRAMs), electrically-erasable programmable read-only memories (EEPROMs), FLASH memories, hard drives (HDDs), compact disks (CDs), and/or digital video disks (DVDs) of any kind.
  • SRAMs static random access memories
  • DRAMs dynamic random access memories
  • EEPROMs electrically-erasable programmable read-only memories
  • FLASH memories hard drives (HDDs), compact disks (CDs), and/or digital video disks (DVDs) of any kind.
  • the portable media device 100 preferably is provided as a portable, handheld media presentation system
  • the memory system 144 preferably comprises electronic memory media to help ensure that the physical dimensions and weight of the handheld system remain manageable.
  • the portable media device 100 preferably is configured to permit viewing content 200 to be added to, modified, and/or deleted from the memory system 144 as desired.
  • the portable media device 100 can include one or more memory ports 148 , such as a Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA) port, a secure digital data (SD) port, a secure multi media card (MMC) port and/or a CompactFlash (CF) port, for receiving a conventional removable memory system 144 , such as a removable hard drive (HDD) system.
  • the removable memory system 144 preferably comprises a personal memory device (PMD) for providing secure storage of the user's personal data and/or other predetermined information, including preselected viewing content.
  • Exemplary personal memory devices can include a memory stick, a secure digital data (SD) device, a secure multi media card (MMC) device and/or a CompactFlash (CF) device.
  • the portable media device 100 Upon receiving the personal memory device (PMD), the portable media device 100 can readily access the personal data and/or other predetermined information. The portable media device 100 likewise can select viewing content 200 from among the preselected viewing content stored on the personal memory device (PMD) and can present the selected viewing content 200 in the manner discussed above.
  • the personal memory device (PMD) can be removed from the memory port 148 after use of the portable media device 100 is complete. Media security can be further enhanced by enabling the use of existing, proven, and Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) approved media distribution processes, including uploading processes and/or downloading processes, in combination with secure key methodologies.
  • MPAA Motion Picture Association of America
  • the peripheral system 180 can include at least one conventional peripheral port 182 for removably coupling peripheral devices (not shown) with the portable media device 100 .
  • Illustrative conventional peripheral ports 182 can include Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA) ports, secure digital (SD) ports, and/or CompactFlash (CF) ports, for receiving the peripheral devices; whereas, a credit card reader system, a radio frequency identification (RFID) system, and/or a conventional camera system, including a moving picture camera system and/or a still picture camera system, are examples of conventional peripheral devices.
  • PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card International Association
  • SD secure digital
  • CF CompactFlash
  • Preselected peripheral devices 184 such as the credit card reader system and/or the camera system, likewise can be incorporated into the portable media device 100 , as desired.
  • the peripheral system 180 comprises at output (or presentation) peripheral system
  • the portable media device 100 can provide the viewing content 200 or other relevant information to the peripheral system 180 for presentation in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the peripheral video presentation systems and/or the peripheral audio presentation systems.
  • the portable media device 100 can receive viewing content 200 or other relevant information from input peripheral systems 180 , such as the peripheral video input devices and/or the peripheral audio input devices discussed above.
  • the portable media device 100 of FIG. 3B is shown as being configured to support two-way communications with the content source (shown in FIGS. 2A-B ).
  • the portable media device 100 thereby can transmit (or upload) upload content 260 as illustrated in FIG. 3B .
  • the upload content 260 can comprise viewing content 200 , including selected viewing content 200 previously received from the content source 300 , selected stored content 240 stored in the memory system 144 , and/or selected new content, such as new content provided by the portable media device 100 and/or an associated peripheral system 180 .
  • the upload content 260 likewise can include one or more communication signals provided by the portable media device 100 and/or an associated peripheral system 180 .
  • Exemplary communication signals can include system communication signals (not shown), such as a system status signal, for the portable media device 100 and/or the associated peripheral system 180 , and/or user communication signals, such as the content selection signal 250 , as initiated by the user via the input system 170 .
  • system communication signals such as a system status signal
  • user communication signals such as the content selection signal 250 , as initiated by the user via the input system 170 .
  • the transceiver system 164 can receive the upload content 260 , such as the selected viewing content 200 , the selected stored content 240 , and/or the content selection signal 250 as shown in FIG. 3B , via the control system 140 . In the manner discussed in more detail with reference to FIG. 3A , the transceiver system 164 can process the upload content 260 and can provide the processed upload content 260 to the communication port 162 for transmission. When the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 are in communication, the transceiver system 164 can transmit (or upload) the upload content 260 to the content source 300 . The portable media device thereby can provide enhanced functionality, such as support for viewing content uploads and other passenger transactions, during travel.
  • FIGS. 4A-B One embodiment of the portable media device 100 is illustrated in FIGS. 4A-B .
  • the portable media device 100 Being shown as a light-weight and thin entertainment portal the portable media device 100 includes a communication interface 160 and an ergonomic user interface 110 each being provided in the matter set forth in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 2A-B and 3 A-B.
  • the user interface 110 permits a user (or passenger) (not shown) to intuitively interact with the portable media device 100 and, therefore, at least one content source 300 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B ) and includes a video system 120 , an audio system 130 , and an input system 170 as discussed above. Being configured for selecting viewing content 200 (shown in FIG.
  • the input system 170 is illustrated as having a plurality of switches (or pushbuttons) 172 and a pointing device 174 .
  • the switches (or pushbuttons) 172 are shown as including a main power switch 172 A and at least one volume control switch 172 B.
  • a plurality of playback control switches 172 C can be provided to intuitively control the presentation of the time-delayed viewing content 200 .
  • the illustrated playback control switches 172 C can be used to provide rewind, play, stop (or pause), skip, and fast forward control functionality for the viewing content 200 , as desired.
  • Playback control switches 172 D likewise are provided to control the presentation of live (or real-time) viewing content 200 .
  • the playback control switches 172 D can be configured to select the appropriate television channel and/or radio station.
  • the switches 172 A-D likewise can be configured to provide other preselected functions, including, for example, enhanced content presentation control functions, such as mixing, equalization, and/or muting functions, and/or content management functions, such as content transferring, editing, and/or deleting functions.
  • the input system 410 can provide file and/or content editing functionality.
  • the quantity, physical size, and arrangement of the switches 172 A-D preferably are provided in an intuitive manner to facilitate use of the portable media device 100 .
  • the pointing device 174 likewise can be provided in any conventional manner and preferably is provided in a manner that facilitates use of the portable media device 100 . Being disposed on the portable media device 100 , the pointing device 174 can be fixedly provided on the portable media device 100 as illustrated in FIG. 3A and/or can be removably coupled with the portable media device 100 .
  • the pointing device 174 is shown as comprising a plurality of control switches, including at least one directional switch 174 A and at least one selection switch 174 B.
  • a cursor 174 C and at least one selectable identifier 174 D can be presented via the video system 134 B, and the directional switch 174 A can be configured to move the cursor 174 C in a selected direction on the video display 122 and toward the selectable identifier 174 D of interest.
  • the selection switch 174 B can be activated to initiate the functionality associated with the relevant selectable identifier 174 D.
  • the user interface 110 thereby can be provided as a graphical user interface (GUI).
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • the functions associated with the switches 172 A-D can be reallocated, such as via further combining and/or separating, as desired.
  • the portable media device 100 can be configured to power up upon activation of at least one of the switches 172 A-D and to automatically power down based upon any suitable predetermined criteria, such as a selected amount of time of non-use.
  • the main power switch 172 A thereby can be omitted from the portable media device 100 of FIG. 4A .
  • the functions associated with the pointing device 174 likewise can be reallocated, such as via further combining and/or separating of the pointing device switches 174 A-B, as desired. Stated somewhat differently, the functions associated with the input system 170 can be distributed among the switches 172 and/or the pointing devices 174 in any suitable manner.
  • additional control switches such as a keyboard and/or a game pad, can be provided for use with the portable media device 100 .
  • the additional control switches can be disposed on the portable media device 100 in the manner set forth above with reference to the switches 172 A-D among the plurality of switches (or pushbuttons) 172 and/or the directional switch 174 A and the selection switch 174 B of the pointing device 174 .
  • the additional control switches can be configured to communicate with the portable media device 100 via one or more of the input ports and/or the peripheral ports 182 (shown in FIG. 3B ) of the portable media device 100 in any conventional manner as discussed above.
  • the additional control switches advantageously enable the portable media device 100 to be more flexibly configurable for use with a wide range of viewing content 200 .
  • the portable media device 100 is shown in FIGS. 4A-B as including a video system 120 and an audio system 130 .
  • the video system 120 has a video display system 122 , such as a high-resolution video display system, that is suitable for presenting the video portion of the selected viewing content 200 .
  • the display system 122 can be a widescreen, active matrix liquid crystal display (LCD) system with at least video graphics array (VGA) resolution.
  • the viewable area of the display system 122 typically has a minimum width that is between approximately seven inches and nine inches.
  • the display system 122 is a flat screen video display system to further enhance the presentation of the selected viewing content 200 .
  • the display system 122 can include a protective translucent cover (not shown). The protective translucent cover is configured to protect the viewing area of the display system 122 from damage and can be customized, for example, by tinting the cover, in whole and/or in part.
  • the audio system 130 of the portable media device 100 can audibly present the audio portion (or selected audio content 230 as shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) of the selected viewing content 200 in any conventional manner.
  • the portable media device 100 can include one or more speaker systems 132 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) and/or one or more audio ports 134 in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 3A-B .
  • the portable media device 100 preferably has a plurality of audio ports 134 to permit the selected viewing content 200 to be audibly presented to more than one user. Multiple users thereby can simultaneously enjoy the audio portion of the selected viewing content 200 on individual sets of headphones.
  • each user can view the video portion of the selected viewing content 200 (or selected video content 220 as shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) by sharing the display system 122 .
  • the audio ports 134 can comprise any conventional type of audio port as discussed above.
  • At least one of the audio ports 134 preferably is provided as a wireless audio port that is configured to support, for example, wireless peripheral audio presentation device, such as Bluetooth-capable wireless headphones in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 802.15.1.
  • IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
  • the portable media device 100 preferably comprises a small number of components to present selected viewing content 200 streamed from the content source 300 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B ).
  • the portable media device 100 can include a digital signal processing system (not shown) for facilitating presentation of the streamed viewing content 200 .
  • the digital signal processing system can be provided via the control system 140 (shown in FIG. 1 ) and/or the processing system 120 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B ) and can include one or more microprocessors ( ⁇ Ps), central processing units (CPUs), digital signal processors (DSPs), and/or coder/decoders (CODECs).
  • the portable media device 100 likewise can include a memory system 144 .
  • the memory system 144 preferably has a program memory system, such as a FLASH memory system, for storing resident software applications as well as other types of application software, such as games, and data.
  • the memory system 144 can include an optional hard drive (HDD) system.
  • the portable media device 100 thereby can provide enhanced programming flexibility and redundant programming, such as protection against failure.
  • viewing content 200 can be stored on the hard drive (HDD) system as stored content 240 (shown in FIG. 3B ) such that the portable media device 100 is less reliant on the content source 300 for viewing content 200 .
  • the portable media device 100 can be configured to operate from power provided via a battery system 190 and/or can include a power port 192 for coupling with, and receiving power from, an external power source (not shown).
  • the battery system 190 can be provided in any conventional manner, including one or more separate batteries and/or battery packs, the battery system 190 can comprise a rechargeable battery system.
  • the battery system 190 Preferably having a short recharge time and a high charge cycle lifetime, the battery system 190 preferably is capable of providing sufficient power to operate the portable media device 100 for a long period of time.
  • An exemplary rechargeable battery system 190 can include at least one lithium ion polymer battery that can provide a long, lasting charge of approximately eight hours or longer, that has a rapid recharge time of four hours or less, and that can be recharged over one thousand times. The life of the battery system 190 is extended by controlling the manner by which the battery system 190 is recharged and/or by providing the portable media device 100 with a small number of components as discussed above.
  • the battery system 190 if rechargeable, can be recharged externally from the portable media device 100 and/or while installed via the external power source regardless of whether the portable media device 100 is being used.
  • the portable media device 100 can include a plurality of rechargeable battery systems 150 , such that at least one of the battery systems 150 can be externally recharged while the portable media device 100 is in use.
  • the external power source can be provided in any conventional manner, such as a power adapter, and is configured to provide alternating current (AC) power and/or direct current (D/C) power that is compatible for use with the portable media device 100 .
  • AC alternating current
  • D/C direct current
  • the rechargeable battery systems 150 likewise can provide backup power if the external power source fails.
  • the portable media device 100 can include a battery power meter (not shown).
  • the battery power meter can be provided in any conventional manner such that the status of the battery system 190 can be readily determined.
  • the battery power meter can be integrated with the main power switch 172 A.
  • the portable media device 100 can include one or more other features for facilitating its use.
  • the portable media device 100 can be disposed in an attractive housing 102 with any suitable color and/or texture.
  • a plurality of feet 104 can be provided on the housing 102 of the portable media device 100 . Being configured to help ensure the stability of the portable media device 100 when placed on a surface (not shown), the feet 104 can be disposed on the housing 102 in any suitable arrangement, number, and/or dimension.
  • the feet 104 preferably are formed from a rubberized material and can grip the surface to enhance the stability the portable media device 100 .
  • the portable media device 100 can include a carrying handle 106 and, when not in use, can be disposed in a protective carry pouch (not shown).
  • a plurality of openings 108 likewise can be formed in the housing 102 of the portable media device 100 .
  • the openings 108 can serve several purposes, including providing ventilation to help ensure a safe and reliable operating temperature and/or providing a convenient grip detail, for the portable media device 100 .
  • the portable media device 100 is shown as including a viewing support 195 .
  • the viewing support 195 is configured to support the portable media device 100 such that the portable media device 100 can present the selected viewing content 200 in a hands-free manner.
  • the viewing support 195 can support the portable media device 100 at any preselected viewing angle to accommodate users of various sizes and diverse viewing environments.
  • the viewing support 195 is illustrated in FIG. 4C as including an extended member 196 that is adjustably coupled with the housing 102 of the portable media device 100 .
  • the proximal end region of the viewing support 195 can be rotatably coupled with the housing 102 via a hinge assembly 197 .
  • the distal end region of the viewing support 195 can include one or more feet 198 to help ensure the stability of the portable media device 100 when the viewing support 195 is deployed.
  • the feet 198 can be provided in any suitable manner, including the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the feet 104 (shown in FIGS. 4A-B ).
  • the portable media device 100 likewise can include a protective cover 199 as illustrated in FIG. 4D .
  • the protective cover 199 can cover the user interface 110 (shown in FIG. 4A ), in whole or in part.
  • the protective cover 199 can be configured to removably cover the display system 122 (shown in FIG. 4A ) of the input system 170 (shown in FIG. 4A ) and the switches (or pushbuttons) 172 (shown in FIG. 4A ) and the pointing device 174 (shown in FIG. 4A ) of the input system 170 (shown in FIG. 4A ).
  • the protective cover 199 and the viewing support 195 preferably incorporated.
  • the viewing support 195 thereby can support the portable media device 100 when deployed in the manner set forth above and can protect the portable media device 100 when the portable media device 100 is not in use.
  • FIG. 5A illustrates an alternative embodiment of the portable media device 100 with an ergonomic user interface 110 provided in the matter set forth in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 2A-B and 3 A-B.
  • a user or passenger (not shown) thereby can intuitively interact with the portable media device 100 and, therefore, at least one content source 300 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B ).
  • the portable media device 100 can include a video system 120 , an audio system 130 , and an input system 170 each being provided in the manner discussed in more detail above. Being configured for selecting viewing content 200 (shown in FIG.
  • the input system 170 is illustrated as having a plurality of switches (or pushbuttons) 172 and a pointing device 174 .
  • the user interface 110 preferably is provided as a graphical user interface (GUI) as illustrated in FIG. 5A .
  • the video system 120 can include a video display system 122 , such as a high-resolution video display system, that is suitable for presenting the video portion of the selected viewing content 200 .
  • the video display system 122 likewise can present an interactive hierarchical menu structure 174 X for identifying and selecting viewing content 200 (shown in FIG. 1 ) that is available for visual and/or audio presentation by the portable media device 100 .
  • the viewing content 200 can include viewing content 200 previously received from the content source 300 , stored content 240 (shown in FIG. 3B ) stored in the memory system 144 (shown in FIG.
  • the user interface 110 thereby can facilitate the selection of viewing content 200 to be presented via the portable media device 100 .
  • viewing content 200 can be selected for presentation by making an appropriate menu selection 174 Y via the switches (or pushbuttons) 172 and/or the pointing device 174 .
  • the switches 172 and/or the pointing device 174 preferably are provided in an appropriate quantity, physical size, and arrangement to facilitate use of the portable media device 100 .
  • the switches 172 can include the switches (or pushbuttons) 172 X, 172 Y for making the appropriate menu selection 174 Y for identifying the selected viewing content.
  • the pointing device 174 likewise can be employed to identify the selected viewing content.
  • the audio system 130 is illustrated as including a speaker system 132 and switches (or pushbuttons) 172 Y, 172 Z for providing volume control.
  • the switches (or pushbuttons) 172 can be provided to intuitively control the presentation of the selected viewing content 200 .
  • One or more of the switches (or pushbuttons) 172 can be used to provide rewind, play, stop (or pause), and fast forward control functionality for the selected viewing content 200 , as desired.
  • the viewing content 200 comprises satellite television programming and/or satellite radio programming, for example, the switches 172 can be configured to select the appropriate television channel and/or radio station.
  • the functions associated with the switches 172 X-Z can be reallocated, such as via further combining and/or separating, as desired.
  • the functions associated with the input system 170 can be distributed among the switches 172 and/or the pointing devices 174 in any suitable manner.
  • the portable media device 100 is shown as including a viewing support 195 .
  • the viewing support 195 is configured to support the portable media device 100 such that the portable media device 100 can present the selected viewing content 200 in a hands-free manner in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to FIG. 4C .
  • the viewing support 195 can support the portable media device 100 at any preselected viewing angle to accommodate users of various sizes and diverse viewing environments.
  • the viewing support 195 is illustrated in FIG. 5C as including an extended member 196 that is adjustably coupled with the housing 102 of the portable media device 100 .
  • the proximal end region of the viewing support 195 can be rotatably coupled with the housing 102 via at least one hinge assembly 197 .
  • the distal end region of the viewing support 195 can include one or more feet (not shown) to help ensure the stability of the portable media device 100 when the viewing support 195 is deployed.
  • the feet can be provided in any suitable manner, including the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the feet 198 (shown in FIG. 4C ).
  • a portable media device 100 can be configured to present selected viewing content 200 provided by a plurality of content sources 300 .
  • the content sources 300 A-N are shown as providing viewing content 200 A-N, respectively, and can be proximate to and/or remote from, the portable media device 100 .
  • the portable media device 100 can select the desired viewing content 200 from among the viewing content 200 A-N for presentation and can present the selected viewing content 200 .
  • the portable media device 100 likewise can transmit upload content 260 (shown in FIG.
  • the portable media device 100 can communicate with any suitable number of content sources 300 and thereby can offer enhanced functionality by providing viewing content 200 from the plurality of content sources 300 .
  • a plurality of portable media device 100 each can be configured to present viewing content 200 provided by a selected content source 300 .
  • the selected content source 300 I can provide viewing content 200 IA to the portable media device 100 A; whereas, the portable media devices 100 B-M can receive respectively receive the viewing content 200 IB-M.
  • each of the portable media devices 100 A-M can respectively select the desired viewing content 200 IA-M from the selected content source 300 I for presentation and can present the selected viewing content 200 IA-M.
  • One or more of the portable media devices 100 A-M can transmit upload content 260 (shown in FIG. 3B ), such as viewing content 200 and/or system communication signals (not shown), to the selected content source 300 I as set forth above with reference to FIG. 3B .
  • the viewing content 200 IA-M can be substantially uniform, and/or different, among the portable media devices 100 A-M.
  • the viewing content 200 IA available to the portable media device 100 A can be based upon one or more appropriate predetermined criteria, such as a service subscription level.
  • one portion of the viewing content 200 IA such as standard viewing content 200
  • may be free of charge (or included with the service subscription level); whereas, other portions of the viewing content 200 IA, such as premium viewing content 200 may be available only for an additional fee.
  • transaction information including payment information, such as a credit card number, and/or authorization information, such as a personal identification number (PIN) or a password
  • PIN personal identification number
  • the portable media device 100 includes a peripheral system 180 (shown in FIG. 3B ), such as a credit card reader system, to facilitate the transaction and/or the payment in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to FIG. 3B .
  • the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 can be configured to communication in any conventional manner, including directly and/or indirectly via one or more wired and/or wireless communication networks (or systems).
  • FIG. 7 a plurality of portable media devices 100 are shown as communicating with a plurality of content sources 300 via a content distribution system 400 .
  • the content distribution system 400 includes a plurality of conventional access points 410 for providing wired and/or wireless access to the content distribution system 400 and/or the content sources 300 . As shown in FIG.
  • the content sources 300 A-N can access the content distribution system 400 via access points 410 A-N; whereas, access points 410 A 1 -M, 410 B 1 -P are configured to provide the portable media devices 100 A 1 -N, 100 B 1 -P with access to the content distribution system 400 .
  • the content distribution system 400 thereby can receive viewing content 200 from a preselected content source 300 and can provide the viewing content 200 , in whole and/or in part, to one or more predetermined portable media devices 100 , as desired.
  • the content distribution system 400 likewise can be configured to receive upload content 260 , such as viewing content 200 and/or system communication signals (not shown), provided by a preselected portable media devices 100 in the manner set forth with reference to FIG. 3B and to provide the upload content 260 , in whole and/or in part, to one or more predetermined content sources 300 .
  • One or more of the content sources 300 A-N can respectively transmit viewing content 200 A-N to one or more of the portable media devices 100 A 1 -M, 100 B 1 -M as viewing content 200 A 1 -M, 200 B 1 -M, respectively, via the content distribution system 400 .
  • viewing content 200 A from the content source 300 A can be provided to the content distribution system 400 and respectively distributed among the portable media devices 100 A 1 -M as the viewing content 200 A 1 -M in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 6B .
  • the viewing content 200 A 1 -M each can comprise the viewing content 200 A, in whole and/or in part, and can be substantially uniform, and/or different, among the portable media devices 100 A 1 -M.
  • Each of the portable media devices 100 A 1 -M can select the desired viewing content 200 from among the relevant viewing content 200 A 1 -M, respectively, in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 2A-B .
  • the portable media devices 100 A 1 -M can present the selected viewing content 200 A 1 -M as desired.
  • one or more of the portable media devices 100 A 1 -M, 100 B 1 -M can transmit upload content 260 A 1 -M, 260 B 1 -M to one or more of the content sources 300 A-N as upload content 260 A-N, respectively, via the content distribution system 400 .
  • the upload content 260 A 2 , 260 B 1 , and 260 BM can be provided by the portable media devices 100 A 2 , 100 B 1 , and 100 BM to the content distribution system 400 for distribution between the content sources 300 B, 300 C as the upload content 260 B, 260 C in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 6A .
  • the upload content 260 B, 260 C can comprise a combination of one or more of the upload content 260 A 1 -M, 260 B 1 -M, in whole and/or in part, and can be substantially uniform, and/or different, between the content sources 300 B, 300 C.
  • Each of the portable media devices 100 A 1 -M, 100 B 1 -M therefore can communicate with each of the content sources 300 A-N, as desired, via the content distribution system 400 .
  • the content distribution system 400 can be provided as a conventional wired and/or wireless communication network, including a telephone network, a local area network (LAN), a wide area network (WAN), a campus area network (CAN), personal area network (PAN) and/or a wireless local area network (WLAN), of any kind.
  • Exemplary wireless local area networks include wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 802.11, Bluetooth networks in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 802.15.1, and/or wireless metropolitan-area networks (MANs), which also are known as WiMax Wireless Broadband, in accordance with IEEE Standard 802.16.
  • the content distribution system 400 preferably comprises a high-speed Ethernet network, such as any type of Fast Ethernet (such as 100 Base-X and/or 100 Base-T) communication network and/or Gigabit (such as 1000 Base-X and/or 1000 Base-T) Ethernet communication network, with a typical data transfer rate of at least approximately one hundred megabits per second (100 Mbps).
  • a high-speed Ethernet network such as any type of Fast Ethernet (such as 100 Base-X and/or 100 Base-T) communication network and/or Gigabit (such as 1000 Base-X and/or 1000 Base-T) Ethernet communication network, with a typical data transfer rate of at least approximately one hundred megabits per second (100 Mbps).
  • free-space optics or laser
  • millimeter wave or microwave
  • UWB Ultra-Wideband
  • the content distribution system 400 likewise can be provided with any appropriate topology, protocol, and/or architecture.
  • common network topologies include mesh, star, bus, and ring network topologies.
  • the topology of the content distribution system 400 likewise can comprise a hybrid of the common network topologies, such as a network tree topology.
  • Network protocols define a common set of rules and signals by which the portable media devices 100 and the content sources 300 can communicate via the content distribution system 400 .
  • Illustrative types of network protocols include Ethernet and Token-Ring network protocols; whereas, peer-to-peer and client/server network architectures are examples of typical network architectures. It will be appreciated that the network system types, topologies, protocols, and architectures identified above are merely exemplary and not exhaustive.
  • the portable media devices 100 can be separated into two or more device groups 105 based upon any appropriate predetermined criteria.
  • the portable media devices 100 of FIG. 7 are shown as being separated into two device groups 105 : first device group 105 A; and second device group 105 B.
  • the portable media devices 100 are associated with a vehicle 500 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B ), for example, the portable media devices 100 in the first device group 105 A can be associated with a first class section of the vehicle 500 ; whereas, the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105 B can be associated with a coach class section of the vehicle 500 .
  • the device groups 105 A, 105 B may be respectively associated with the operator and passengers of the vehicle 500 .
  • the functionality of the portable media devices 100 in the first device group 105 A can differ from the functionality of the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105 B.
  • the portable media devices 100 in the first device group 105 A may be permitted to access premium content that is not available to the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105 B.
  • the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105 B likewise might be required to make payment of a fee prior to permitting access to the content source 200 ; whereas, the portable media devices 100 in the first device group 105 A may not require payment of the fee to access the content source 200 .
  • the portable media devices 100 preferably are configured to communicate.
  • the portable media devices 100 can communicate via the content distribution system 400 such that viewing content 200 can be exchanged among two or more portable media devices 100 during travel.
  • the portable media devices 100 can be configured to communicate with other portable media devices 100 within the same device group 105 , and/or portable media devices 100 in different device groups 105 can communicate.
  • the upload content 260 B 2 transmitted by the portable media device 100 B 2 thereby can be provided as the viewing content 200 A 1 provided to the portable media device 100 A 1 and/or as the viewing content 200 BP provided to the portable media device 100 BP.
  • the portable media devices 100 can be initialized in any conventional manner.
  • the portable media devices 100 can be initialized by precharging the battery system 190 (shown in FIG. 4B ) of each portable media device 100 to a full charge.
  • the portable media devices 100 likewise can be initially provided with uniform viewing content 200 .
  • the uniform viewing content 200 can be provided to the portable media devices 100 in any conventional manner and preferably is stored by the memory systems 144 (shown in FIG. 3B ) as stored content 240 (shown in FIG. 3B ) in the manner discussed above with reference to FIG. 3B .
  • Each of the portable media devices 100 can receive the same uniform viewing content 200 and/or the uniform viewing content 200 can vary among the device groups 105 .
  • the portable media devices 100 within each device group 105 thereby can receive uniform viewing content 200 associated with the relevant device group 105 .
  • the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 can be associated with a vehicle 500 and can form a vehicle information system 510 .
  • a vehicle information system 510 can be associated with a vehicle 500 and can form a vehicle information system 510 .
  • U.S. patent applications entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONTENT ON MOBILE PLATFORMS,” Ser. No. 11/123,327, filed on May 6, 2005, and “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PRESENTING HIGH-QUALITY VIDEO TO PASSENGERS ON A MOBILE PLATFORM,” Ser. No. 60/673,171, filed on Apr.
  • the vehicle information system 510 can comprise a conventional information system and can be configured to be installed in any suitable type of vehicle 500 .
  • Exemplary types of vehicles can include an automobile 500 A (shown in FIG. 8A ), an aircraft 500 B (shown in FIG. 8B ), a bus, a recreational vehicle, and/or a boat, without limitation. If installed on an aircraft 500 B as illustrated in FIG.
  • the vehicle information system 510 can comprise a conventional aircraft passenger in-flight entertainment system, such as the Series 2000, 3000, eFX, and/or eX2 in-flight entertainment system as manufactured by Panasonic Avionics Corporation (formerly known as Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation) of Lake Forest, Calif.
  • the vehicle information system 510 of FIG. 8A is illustrated as being installed in an automobile 500 A and as including a conventional media server system 520 .
  • the media server system 520 is configured to communicate with one or more portable media devices 100 via a distribution system 400 .
  • the media server system 520 thereby can provide viewing content 200 to one or more of the portable media devices 100 as previously discussed with reference to the content source 300 .
  • the media server system 520 of the vehicle information system 510 can function as a content source 300 .
  • the media server system 520 likewise can receive upload content 260 from one or more of the portable media devices 100 as discussed above.
  • the portable media devices 100 can be associated with passenger seats 600 in the automobile 500 A.
  • a driver seat 600 A is provided with a selected portable media device 100 that is associated with a first device group 105 A; whereas, the remaining passenger seats 600 B are provided with selected portable media devices 100 that are associated with a second device group 105 B.
  • the functionality and/or viewing content associated with the portable media device 100 in the first device group 105 A can be substantially the same as, and/or differ from, the functionality and/or viewing content associated with the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105 B.
  • the portable media device 100 in the first device group 105 A likely does not include a video system 120 (shown in FIG. 3A-B ); whereas, the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105 B can include video systems 120 .
  • the input system 170 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) for the portable media device 100 in the first device group 105 A can be configured to mute the audio systems 130 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) for each of the portable media devices 100 in the automobile 500 A.
  • the portable media devices 100 can present the selected viewing content 200 and/or to provide the upload content 260 without any additional equipment being installed at the passenger seats 600 .
  • FIG. 8B illustrates the vehicle information system 510 as being installed in an aircraft 500 B.
  • the vehicle information system 510 includes a media server system 520 and a plurality of portable media devices 100 each being provided in the manner set forth in more detail above.
  • the media server system 520 is configured to function as a content source 300 , such as content source 300 A, and can communicate with one or more of the portable media devices 100 via a distribution system 400 as discussed above.
  • the 8B can provide viewing content 200 A to one or more of the portable media devices 100 as previously discussed with reference to the content source 300 and can receive upload content 260 A from one or more of the portable media devices 100 . Passengers traveling aboard the aircraft 500 B thereby can enjoy the viewing content 200 A provided by the media server system 520 during travel.
  • the vehicle information system 510 likewise can be configured to communicate with one or more content sources 300 , such as a terrestrial content source 300 B, that are external to, and/or remote from, the aircraft 500 B.
  • the vehicle information system 510 and the terrestrial content source 300 B can communicate in any conventional wireless manner, including directly and/or indirectly via an intermediate communication system 560 , such as a satellite communication system 560 ′.
  • the terrestrial content source 300 B can be configured to communicate with, and exchange with viewing content 200 and/or upload content 260 with, other terrestrial content sources (not shown).
  • the terrestrial content source 300 B is shown in FIG. 8B as providing access to the Internet 565 .
  • the communication system 560 can comprise any conventional type of wireless communication system, such as a cellular communication system (not shown) and/or an Aircraft Ground Information System (AGIS) communication system (not shown).
  • AIS Aircraft Ground Information System
  • the vehicle information system 510 can include a conventional antenna system 530 and transceiver system 540 for communicating with the terrestrial content source 300 B.
  • the antenna system 530 can receive viewing content 200 B from the terrestrial content source 300 B and provide the received viewing content 200 B, as processed by the transceiver system 540 , to a computer system 550 of the vehicle information system 510 .
  • the computer system 550 can provide the received viewing content 200 B to the media server system 520 and/or to one or more of the portable media devices 100 , as desired.
  • the computer system 550 and the media server system 520 can be at least partially integrated.
  • the vehicle information system 510 is shown in FIG. 8B as being configured to transmit upload content 260 B to the terrestrial content source 300 B.
  • one or more of the portable media devices 100 and/or the media server system 520 can provide upload content 260 B to the computer system 550 and provide the upload content 260 B, as processed by the transceiver system 540 , to the antenna system 530 .
  • the antenna system 530 is illustrated as transmitting the upload content 260 B to the satellite communication system 560 ′, which relays the upload content 260 B to the terrestrial content source 300 B as discussed above.
  • the portable media devices 100 thereby can modify, append, and/or delete content from the terrestrial content source 300 B, as desired.
  • the portable media devices 100 can be associated with passenger seats 600 in the aircraft 500 B.
  • Passenger seats 600 A are shown as comprising seats reserved for the flight crew; whereas, passenger seats 600 B, 600 C comprise seats for other passengers, such as travelers.
  • the portable media devices 100 can be separated into three device groups 105 A, 105 B, and 105 C.
  • the passenger seats 600 A reserved for the flight crew can be provided with at least one selected portable media device 100 that is associated with a first device group 105 A.
  • the remaining passenger seats 600 B, 600 C are separated into first class passenger seats 600 B and coach class passenger seats 600 C.
  • the selected portable media devices 100 that are associated with the first class passenger seats 600 B are associated with the second device group 105 B; whereas, the selected portable media devices 100 that are associated with the coach class passenger seats 600 C are associated with the third device group 105 C in the manner set forth above.
  • the functionality and/or the viewing content 200 associated with the portable media devices 100 can be substantially uniform, and/or differ, among the device groups 105 A, 105 B, and 105 C.
  • the input system 170 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) for the portable media devices 100 in the first device group 510 A can be configured to mute the audio systems 130 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) for each of the portable media devices 100 in the aircraft 500 B.
  • the functionality and/or the viewing content 200 associated with the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105 B likewise can be substantially uniform with, and/or differ from, the functionality and/or viewing content associated with the portable media devices 100 in the third device group 105 C.
  • the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105 B can, for example, access premium content that is not available to the portable media devices 100 in the third device group 105 C.
  • the portable media devices 100 in the third device group 105 C likewise can require a fee to be paid prior to permitting access to some, or substantially all, of the viewing content 200 available on one or more predetermined content sources 300 ; whereas, the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105 B may be able to access substantially all of the available viewing content 200 available on the content sources 300 without requiring payment of the fee.
  • the portable media devices 100 in one or more selected device groups 105 A, 105 B, and 105 C may be configured to select and present viewing content 200 associated with geography, such as a destination of the vehicle 500 and/or other points of interest, that may, or may not, be related to the travel route of the vehicle 500 .
  • geography such as a destination of the vehicle 500 and/or other points of interest, that may, or may not, be related to the travel route of the vehicle 500 .
  • passengers can select and view viewing content 200 relating to hotel accommodations and/or a map of the destination city.
  • information such as arrival and departure times and gate information, for other flights may be provided to assist the passenger with making his connecting flight or with meeting others who are arriving at the airport terminal on different flights.
  • FIGS. 9A-B provide a view of a passenger cabin 570 of a vehicle 500 , such as the automobile 500 A (shown in FIG. 8A ) and/or the aircraft 500 B (shown in FIG. 8B ).
  • the passenger cabin 570 is illustrated as including a plurality of passenger seats 600 and at least one access point 410 for access to one or more content sources 300 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B ) via the content distribution system 400 .
  • the portable media devices 100 of FIGS. 9A-B can present selected viewing content 200 from, and/or transmit upload content 260 to, the content sources 300 in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to FIG. 7 .
  • the portable media devices 100 can function to supplement a video presentation system 572 , such as an overhead cabin video system 572 A and/or seatback viewing systems 572 B, and an audio presentation system 574 , such as an overhead speaker system 574 A, of the vehicle information system 510 as shown in FIG. 9A and/or can be configured to replace the video presentation system 572 and/or an audio presentation system 574 as illustrated in FIG. 9B .
  • a video presentation system 572 such as an overhead cabin video system 572 A and/or seatback viewing systems 572 B
  • an audio presentation system 574 such as an overhead speaker system 574 A
  • the portable media devices 100 are illustrated as including a video system 120 , an audio system 130 , and an input system 170 .
  • Each of the portable media devices 100 likewise includes a communication interface 160 for facilitating communication with at least one of the content sources 300 via a relevant access point 410 .
  • the access points 410 of the content distribution system 400 can be distributed throughout the passenger cabin 570 in any suitable manner such that each passenger seat 600 is within a coverage area of at least one access point 410 .
  • the entire passenger cabin 570 preferably is within a coverage area of one or more access points 410 .
  • the portable media devices 100 can maintain communication with the content sources 300 when the portable media devices 100 are carried about the passenger cabin 570 .
  • the passenger cable 570 can comprise a wireless hot spot, such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) hot spot and/or a Bluetooth hot spot.
  • Wi-Fi wireless fidelity
  • each passenger seat 600 is shown as including an individual access point 410 .
  • passenger seat 600 W is associated with access point 410 W; whereas, passenger seat 600 X therefore is associated with access point 410 X.
  • the access points 410 W, 410 X is illustrated as being provided on arm rests 610 of the respective passenger seats 600 W, 600 ⁇ .
  • the access point 410 W is a wireless access point that is configured to communicate with a portable media device 100 , such as portable media device 100 W, that includes a wireless communication interface 160 .
  • the portable media device 100 X is shown as having a wireless communication interface 160 that is coupled with, and configured to communicate with, the wired access point 410 X via a communication cable 580 .
  • the access points 410 can be associated with the passenger seats 600 in any conventional manner, including in a manner that is uniform and/or different among the passenger seats 600 .
  • Access points 410 Y, 410 Z of FIG. 9B each have coverage areas that include a plurality of passenger seats 600 , including passenger seats 600 Y, 600 Z, respectively.
  • the passenger cabin 570 and/or the passenger seats 600 can be divided into a plurality of seat zones (not shown) based upon any suitable predetermined criteria. If the seat zones are related to seat class, for example, the passenger seats 600 , such as passenger seat 600 Y, in a first seat group 605 Y can be associated with a first class seat zone (or section) of the vehicle 500 ; whereas, the passenger seats 600 , such as passenger seat 600 Z, in a second seat group 605 Z can be associated with a coach class seat zone (or section) of the vehicle 500 .
  • the vehicle information system 510 can provide access to the content sources 300 (shown in FIG. 7 ) via the access point 410 Y to the portable media devices 100 , such as portable media device 100 Y, that are used in the passenger seats 600 , such as passenger seat 600 Y, in the first seat group 605 Y.
  • the portable media devices 100 such as portable media device 100 Z, that are used in the passenger seats 600 , such as passenger seat 600 Z, in the second seat group 605 Z receive access via the access point 410 Z.
  • the portable media devices 100 thereby can receive viewing content 200 in accordance with the associated seat group 605 in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to the device groups 105 (shown in FIG. 7 ).
  • each passenger seat 500 can include a power port 595 for providing power, having a predetermined voltage level and/or a predetermined current level, that is suitable for the portable media device 100 .
  • the portable media devices 100 can receive in-seat power via a power cable 590 that couples the power port 595 with a power port 192 of the portable media device 100 .
  • the power port 595 can be associated with the passenger seats 600 in any conventional manner, including in a manner that is uniform and/or different among the passenger seats 600 .
  • the battery system 190 can be periodically replaced and/or recharged as necessary.
  • one or more selected cabin compartments (not shown) in the passenger cabin 570 can be designated for use with the portable media device 100 .
  • the cabin compartment can include a battery charging system (not shown) for recharging the battery system 190 of the portable media device 100 during periods of non-use.
  • the battery charging system can be provided in any conventional manner, including the manner set forth above with reference to the battery charging system 834 (shown in FIGS. 13A , 14 , and 15 A-B).
  • the passenger entertainment system 500 likewise can include two sets of portable media devices 100 .
  • the battery systems 190 of one set of portable media devices 100 can be recharged while the other set of portable media devices 100 is in use.
  • the portable media device 100 likewise can include a protective cover 199 (shown in FIG. 4D ) that can flip back and serve as a viewing support 195 (shown in FIGS. 4C-D ).
  • the portable media device 100 thereby can function as a setback tray.
  • the portable media device 100 can be stored at the passenger seat 600 and/or at an adjacent passenger seat 600 .
  • the portable media device 100 can be placed in a storage pocket 620 , such as storage pocket 620 Z, formed in the passenger seat 600 as shown in FIG. 9B .
  • the storage pocket 620 likewise can be provided on a seatback 630 and/or a headrest 640 of the adjacent passenger seat 600 .
  • the storage pocket 620 Y is illustrated as being formed on the seatback 630 of the passenger seat 600 Y.
  • the portable media device 100 likewise can be disposed on a mounting surface, such as the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 , of the adjacent passenger seat 600 during use.
  • the portable media device 100 When disposed on the mounting surface, the portable media device 100 preferably is supported by a mounting system 700 , 750 (shown in FIGS. 10A-J and 11 A-F).
  • the mounting system 700 , 750 can be provided in any conventional manner and preferably includes a main body member, a seat interface system for coupling the main body member with the mounting surface; and a device interface system for removably coupling the main body member with housing 102 of the portable media device 100 .
  • the mounting system 700 , 750 preferably is configured to adjust a predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the mounting surface of the passenger seat 600 .
  • the portable media device 100 thereby can be advantageously configured for hands-free operation.
  • FIG. 10A shows an exemplary mounting system 700 for mounting a portable media device 100 on a headrest 640 (and/or a seatback 630 ) of a passenger seat 600 .
  • the mounting system 700 of FIG. 10A comprises a foam pad 700 A with a first preformed channel 710 A for receiving and engaging the headrest 640 and a second preformed channel 720 A for receiving and engaging the portable media device 100 .
  • the mounting system 700 likewise can be provided as a foam wedge 700 A′ that can include a clip assembly 730 A for engaging the headrest 640 and an inclined surface 720 for engaging the portable media device 100 .
  • the foam pad 700 A and the foam wedge 700 A′ can be sufficiently buoyant for use as a floatation device in case of a water landing.
  • the mounting system 700 can be provided as a metal platform 700 B.
  • the metal platform 700 B includes a main body member 710 B for supporting the portable media device 100 .
  • the main body member 710 B is coupled with a clip assembly 720 B for engaging the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 and a support member 730 B upon which the portable media device 100 can rest.
  • the main body member 710 B can support the portable media device 100 at an adjustable predetermined viewing angle relative to the seatback 630 of the passenger seat 600 .
  • the clip assembly 720 B and the support member 730 B are shown as being rotatably coupled with the main body member 710 B such that the main body member 710 B can be retracted when not in use.
  • the mounting system 700 C of FIG. 10C has a main body member 710 C that is coupled with a clip assembly 720 C for engaging the headrest 640 and a rotating support member (or panel) 730 C for receiving and engaging the portable media device 100 .
  • the rotating support member (or panel) 730 C can rotate relative to the main body member 710 C such that the portable media device 100 can be supported at an adjustable predetermined viewing angle relative to the seatback 630 .
  • FIG. 10D illustrates a mounting system 700 D with a main body member 710 D that is coupled with a clip assembly 720 D for engaging the headrest 640 .
  • the main body member 710 D forms a groove 730 D for receiving and adjustably engaging the portable media device 100 .
  • the mounting system 700 D thereby can support the portable media device 100 at an adjustable predetermined viewing angle relative to the seatback 630 as discussed above.
  • a mounting system 700 E is shown that includes a first mounting member 710 E for coupling with the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 .
  • a second mounting member 720 E is configured to cooperate with, and engage, the first mounting member 710 E and can couple with the portable media device 100 .
  • the second mounting member 720 E can couple with the portable media device 100 via an intermediate member 730 E, such as a soft hook device.
  • the mounting system 700 F of FIG. 10F has a main body member 710 F that is pliable and can engage the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 .
  • the main body member 710 F can include a plurality of magnetic structures 720 F, 730 F, and a plurality of corresponding magnetic structures 720 F′, 730 F′ can be disposed on the housing 102 of the portable media device 100 .
  • the magnetic structures 720 F, 720 F′ are illustrated as being attracting magnetic structures with opposite polarities for supporting the portable media device 100 ; whereas, the magnetic structures 730 F, 730 F′ are shown as being repelling magnetic structures with same polarities for providing the predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the seatback 630 .
  • FIG. 10G shows a mounting system 700 G with a main body member 710 G that can engage the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 .
  • the mounting system 700 G likewise can form a gap 720 G between the main body member 710 G and the seatback 630 for receiving and adjustably engaging the portable media device 100 as illustrated in FIG. 10G .
  • the mounting system 700 G thereby can support the portable media device 100 at any adjustable predetermined viewing angle relative to the seatback 630 as discussed above.
  • a mounting system 700 H is shown that comprises a main body member 710 G for engaging the headrest 640 .
  • the main body member 710 G can form a channel 720 H for receiving the portable media device 100 .
  • the user interface 110 of the portable media device 100 is accessible via an appropriately-sized opening formed in the main body member 710 G.
  • the main body member 710 G can be rotatable relative to the seatback 630 to provide any predetermined viewing angle.
  • the mounting systems 700 I, 700 J are shown as including respective main body members 710 I, 710 J.
  • the main body members 710 I, 710 J are pliable and can engage the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 .
  • the main body member 710 I is configured to support the portable media device 100 by wrapping itself around at least a portion of the portable media device 100 ; whereas, the main body member 710 J is shown as being coupled with at least one support strap 720 J for receiving and supporting the portable media device 100 .
  • the mounting systems 700 I, 700 J each can form a predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the seatback 630 in any suitable manner.
  • the mounting system 700 J is illustrated as including an inflatable member 730 J, such as a balloon, for adjusting the predetermined viewing angle.
  • FIGS. 11A-F exemplary mounting systems 750 for mounting a portable media device 100 on a seatback 630 (and/or a headrest 640 ) of a passenger seat 600 are illustrated in FIGS. 11A-F .
  • the mounting system 750 of FIG. 11A comprises a main body member 760 A for receiving and engaging the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 .
  • a support member 770 A is formed by the main body member 760 A and can engage and support the portable media device 100 . Being formed from a pliable material, the support member 770 A can bend relative to the main body member 760 A to form an adjustable predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the seatback 630 .
  • a mounting system 750 B is shown that includes a main body member 760 B that is adjustably coupled with a plurality of opposing support members 770 B.
  • the main body member 760 B can couple with the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 .
  • the support members 770 B are configured to cooperatively engage the portable media device 100 .
  • the portable media device 100 can be disposed between pairs of the support members 770 B, which can adjustably couple with the portable media device 100 to provide the predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the seatback 630 .
  • the 11C has a main body member 760 C for engaging the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 .
  • the main body member 760 C is coupled with a support member 770 C that can be received within, and engaged by, a cooperating opening 780 C formed in the housing 102 of the portable media device 100 .
  • the portable media device 100 thereby can be supported by the mounting system 750 C.
  • the predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the seatback 630 can be adjustable.
  • FIG. 11D shows a mounting system 750 D with an elongate body member 760 D that can engage the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 .
  • An end region of the elongate body member 760 D includes a connector assembly 770 D for coupling with a cooperating connector assembly 780 provided on the housing 102 of the portable media device 100 .
  • the mounting system 750 D thereby can adjustably support the portable media device 100 in the manner set forth above.
  • FIG. 11E a mounting system 750 E is shown that comprises a main body member 760 E for engaging the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 .
  • the main body member 760 E is coupled with a flexible body member 770 E having opposite end regions 780 E′, 780 E′′ and a central region 790 E for coupling with the portable media device 100 .
  • a flexible body member 770 E having opposite end regions 780 E′, 780 E′′ and a central region 790 E for coupling with the portable media device 100 .
  • one end region 780 E′ of the flexible body member 770 E is adjustably coupled with the main body member 760 E; whereas, the other end region 780 E′′ is fixedly coupled with the main body member 760 E.
  • the portable media device 100 can be disposed on the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the adjacent passenger seat 600 in any conventional manner.
  • the mounting system 700 , 750 can include indicia, such as textual indicia 755 , for providing advertising information.
  • the textual indicia 755 can promote and/or encourage use of the portable media device 100 .
  • the indicia 755 can be provided on the mounting system 700 , 750 in any suitable manner.
  • a device management system 800 for managing, and/or providing logistics support for, one or more of the portable media devices 100 is illustrated in FIG. 12 .
  • the device management system 800 can manage the portable media devices 100 in any conventional manner and can be provided in any conventional manner, such as via one or more hardware components and/or software components.
  • the portable media device 100 can include one or more peripheral systems 180 (shown in FIG. 3B ).
  • the portable media device 100 can be provided with a device identification system 810 for exchanging device identification data 820 with a device management interface 830 , which, in turn, can exchange management data 840 with a device management database system 850 , as shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the device management database system 850 can maintain a historical record for the portable media device 100 and can provide management data 840 , such as one or more device configuration instructions, for configuring the portable media device 100 for future use.
  • the device management system 800 can be configured to initialize the portable media device 100 for use in the manner discussed in more detail above.
  • the device identification system 810 can be provided in any conventional manner and is illustrated in FIG. 12 as including an identification communication port 812 for communicating with the device management interface 830 , a compatible identification transceiver system 814 for receiving and/or transmitting the identification data 820 , and an identification memory system 816 for storing the identification data 820 .
  • the identification communication port 812 can comprise a wired communication port for supporting wired communications and/or a wireless communication port for supporting wireless communications over one or more communication frequencies.
  • the identification transceiver system 814 can be provided in the manner set forth above with reference to the transceiver system 164 (shown in FIGS.
  • the identification memory system 816 can be provided in the manner discussed above with regard to the memory system 144 (shown in FIG. 3B ).
  • the device identification system 810 in whole and/or in part, can be provided as a peripheral system 180 and/or can be at least partially incorporated into the portable media device 100 .
  • the identification memory system 816 can be separate from, or at least partially incorporated with, the memory system 144 .
  • the device management system 800 can be provided as a conventional radio frequency identification (RFID) system, wherein the device identification system 810 can comprise a RFID tag system, and the device management interface 830 can be provided as a RFID reader/computer system.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • the identification transceiver system 814 can comprise a radio frequency ID transponder, which conforms to the principles of RFID technology, and the identification communication port 812 can be provided as a tag antenna system.
  • the identification communication port 812 can be coupled with the identification transceiver system 814 and typically comprises a microchip antenna system using well-known coil-on-chip technology in the conventional manner as set forth in more detail in U.S. Pat. No. 6,892,052, issued to Kotola et al., the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the identification memory system 816 can include an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM) system that can be configured to store device identification data 820 associated with the portable media device 100 .
  • Illustrative device identification data 820 can include a serial number of the portable media device 100 , a serial number of the battery system 190 (shown in FIG. 4B ), an identity of the owner of the portable media device 100 , and/or information regarding the media content 200 (shown in FIG. 7 ) stored by the portable media device 100 .
  • the device identification system 810 thereby can receive a download identification data 822 , such as an interrogation signal, from the device management interface 830 and can separate the radio-frequency (RF) energy from the received download identification data 822 .
  • the energy captured by the identification communication port 812 can be processed by the identification transceiver system 814 , which can respond by transmitting an upload identification data 824 to the device management interface 830 to initiate one or more device management system operations.
  • RF radio-frequency
  • the device identification data 820 can comprise a wide range of information about the portable media device 100 and/or one or more individual components of the portable media device 100 , such as the battery system 190 .
  • the device identification data 820 can include status (and/or performance) information for the portable media device 100 and/or historical maintenance information, such as a date and/or a location where the portable media device 100 was last serviced.
  • status (and/or performance) information such as a current battery charge level and/or a number of charging cycles, can be provided for the battery system 190 .
  • the device identification data 820 likewise can include information about the viewing content 200 stored by the portable media device 100 .
  • the device identification data 820 can include, for example, a date and/or a location where the current viewing content 200 was loaded onto the portable media device 100 and/or a date period and/or a catalogue (or content listing) of the current viewing content 200 .
  • One or more active content sets for the viewing content 200 can be identified and/or selected by the device identification data 820 .
  • the device identification data 820 likewise can include usage information, such as cycle usage and/or a date for any user data offloads, of the portable media device 100 and/or transactional information, such as any user billing information.
  • the device management interface 830 can include a portable (or handheld) system and/or a substantially fixed system.
  • the device management interface 830 can receive the upload identification data 824 transmitted by the portable media device 100 .
  • the upload identification data 824 can include current device configuration information, such as identification data 820 currently stored in the identification memory system 816 and/or upload content 260 , such as status (or performance) information regarding the portable media device 100 and/or the viewing content 200 (or the stored content 240 ) (shown in FIG. 3B ) currently stored in the memory system 144 (shown in FIG. 3B ).
  • the information about the viewing content 200 (or the stored content 240 ) currently stored in the memory system 144 can be provided as a current content catalogue (not shown) for the portable media device 100 .
  • the device management interface 830 can provide the upload identification data 824 to the device management database system 850 as the upload management data 844 as illustrated in FIG. 12 .
  • the device management interface 830 and the device management database system 850 can communicate in any conventional manner, including via wired and/or wireless communications.
  • the device management database system 850 can maintain a historical record for each portable media device 100 .
  • the historical records of the device management database system 850 can include information derived from the identification data 820 from the device identification system 810 and/or the content catalogue from the memory system 144 of each portable media device 100 in the device management database system 850 .
  • the device management database system 850 can process the upload management data 844 to update (and/or append) the historical records for the portable media device 100 in accordance with the information provided with the upload management data 844 .
  • the device management database system 850 can process the upload management data 844 to determine whether the portable media device 100 is a new portable media device 100 .
  • the device management database system 850 can create new records; whereas, existing historical records associated with any portable media devices 100 that have been removed from the device management system 800 due, for example, to loss, theft, and/or obsolescence, can be maintained, archived, and/or deleted, as desired.
  • the device management database system 850 likewise can update (and/or append) the historical records to include the current device configuration information, such as identification data 820 from the identification memory system 816 and/or the upload content 260 , such as status (or performance) information regarding the portable media device 100 and/or the viewing content 200 (or the stored content 240 ) currently stored in the memory system 144 .
  • the device management database system 850 thereby can update (and/or append) the historical records to include the current device status and configuration of the portable media device 100 .
  • the device management database system 850 likewise can provide download management data 842 that can include instructions for configuring the portable media device 100 for future use.
  • Illustrative download management data 842 can include one or more device configuration instructions, such as at least one instruction for updating the identification data 820 stored in the identification memory system 816 and/or at least one instruction for updating the viewing content 200 (or the stored content 240 ) stored in the memory system 144 .
  • the device management database system 850 can transmit the download management data 842 to the device management interface 830 .
  • the device management interface 830 can execute the device configuration instructions included with the received download management data 842 .
  • the portable media device thereby can be configured for future use in accordance with the device configuration instructions.
  • the device management interface 830 can provide the instructions for updating the identification memory system 816 to the portable media device 100 as the download identification data 822 .
  • the device identification system 810 can receive the download identification data 822 and update the identification memory system 816 in accordance with the download identification data 822 .
  • the download management data 842 likewise can include one or more instructions for updating the content catalogue stored in the memory system 144 .
  • the device management interface 830 can process the download management data 842 and can transmit viewing content 200 to the portable media device 100 in accordance with the instructions for updating the content catalogue.
  • the transmitted viewing content 200 can be stored via the memory system 144 in the manner discussed above.
  • the portable media device 100 thereby can be configured for future use.
  • the device management system 800 is illustrated as including a device management interface 830 with a device interface docking station 832 for receiving a selected portable media device 100 . Communications between the portable media device 100 and the device interface docking station 832 preferably are initiated automatically when the portable media device 100 is coupled with the device interface docking station 832 .
  • the device interface docking station 832 can include a power communication port 832 A, a content communication port 832 B, and/or an identification communication port 832 C. Being provided in the manner discussed above with reference to the power port 595 (shown in FIG. 9B ), the power communication port 832 A is configured to cooperate with the power port 192 of the portable media device 100 and is in communication with a battery charging system 834 .
  • the battery charging system 834 can provide power 834 , having predetermined voltage and/or current characteristics that are suitable for charging the battery system 190 of the portable media device 100 .
  • the content communication port 832 B of the device interface docking station 832 is configured to communicate with the communication port 162 of the portable media device 100 and can be provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the communication port 162 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ). Thereby, the device interface docking station 832 can receive upload content 260 from the memory system 144 and/or provide viewing content 200 to the memory system 144 .
  • the identification communication port 832 C is configured to receive upload identification data 824 from, and/or provide download identification data 822 to, the device identification system 810 of the portable media device 100 . Being provided in the manner discussed above with reference to the identification communication port 812 (shown in FIG. 12 ), the identification communication port 832 C can communicate with the identification communication port 812 and, therefore, with the identification memory system 816 of the portable media device 100 .
  • the device management interface 830 likewise can include an interface content source 836 and/or an interface memory system 838 as illustrated in FIG. 13A .
  • the interface content source 836 can be provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the content source 300 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B ); whereas, the interface memory system 838 can be provided in the manner discussed above with reference to the memory system 144 (shown in FIG. 3B ).
  • the interface memory system 838 can provide at least temporary storage for the download management data 842 and/or the download identification data 822 , for example, while the device management interface 830 is processing the download management data 842 .
  • the interface memory system 838 likewise can provide at least temporary storage for the upload identification data 824 received from the device identification system 810 of the portable media device 100 pending transmission of the upload management data 844 to the device management database system 850 .
  • the interface memory system 838 can function a buffer system for the download identification data 822 , the upload identification data 824 , the download management data 842 , and/or the upload management data 844 .
  • the interface content source 836 can provide a buffer system for viewing content 200 and/or upload content 260 to be exchanged between the portable media device 100 and the device management system 800 .
  • the upload identification data 824 can include information about the content catalogue currently stored in the memory system 144 of the portable media device 100 .
  • the information about the stored content 240 including upload content 260 , can be at least temporarily stored by the interface content source 836 .
  • the download management data 842 likewise can include one or more instructions for updating the content catalogue stored in the memory system 144 . If the current content catalogue is to be updated with new viewing content 200 , the interface content source 836 can provide at least temporary storage for the viewing content 200 prior to transmission of the viewing content to the memory system 144 in the manner set forth in more detail above.
  • the instructions can comprise instructions for providing the selected viewing content from the interface content source 836 .
  • the instructions for updating the content catalogue can include the selected viewing content 200 .
  • the device management database system 850 can be associated with a database content source 852 for providing the selected viewing content 200 for updating the content catalogue of the memory system 144 .
  • the database content source 852 can be provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the content source 300 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B ).
  • the database content source 852 can transfer a copy of the selected viewing content 200 to the interface content source 836 for downloading to each of the portable media devices 100 .
  • the database content source 852 can comprise a global content source 300 ; whereas, the interface content source 836 can comprise a local content source 300 . Data transfer time thereby can be reduced.
  • the upload content 260 provided by the portable media device 100 can be stored, in whole and/or in part, in the database content source 852 and/or in the interface content source 836 .
  • the operation of the device management system 800 is discussed with reference to the exemplary method 860 for managing a set of portable media devices 100 as shown in FIG. 13B .
  • the device management system 800 can manage the set of portable media devices 100 in any suitable manner.
  • the exemplary method 860 begins at 860 A.
  • the device management system 800 is shown as receiving the set of portable media devices 100 .
  • One of the portable media devices 100 is selected at 860 C, and, at 860 D, the selected portable media device 100 is disposed on the device interface docking station 832 in the manner discussed above.
  • the power port 192 of the selected portable media device 100 can couple with the cooperating power communication port 832 A of the device interface docking station 832 .
  • the battery charging system 834 thereby can begin to charge the battery system 190 of the selected portable media device 100 , at 860 E.
  • the battery charging system 834 preferably quick-charges the battery system 190 . The downtime of the selected portable media device 100 thereby can be reduced.
  • the communication port 162 and the identification communication port 812 of the selected portable media device 100 and the content communication port 832 B and the identification communication port 832 C of the device interface docking station 832 likewise can respectively communicate.
  • the selected portable media device 100 can provide one or more predetermined device parameters, including selected identification parameters, such as a device serial number, and/or selected device status (or performance) parameters, such as offload usage statistics, a current content catalogue, an active content catalogue, and/or a current charge level on the battery system 190 , to the device management interface 830 in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 12 .
  • the device management interface 830 can provide the predetermined device parameters from the selected portable media device 100 to the device management database system 850 as the download management data 842 , at 860 F.
  • the device management database system 850 can update the historical records for the selected portable media device 100 to include the information included in the download management data 842 as discussed above with regard to FIG. 12 .
  • the device management database system 850 likewise can provide download management data 842 that can include instructions for configuring the portable media device 100 for future use.
  • the device management database system 850 can provide the download management data 842 to the device management interface 830 .
  • the device management interface 830 can configure the selected portable media device 100 in accordance with the instructions associated with the download management data 842 .
  • the download management data 842 likewise can include selected media content 200 for updating the content catalogue of the selected portable media device 100 , which selected media content 200 can be at least temporarily stored via the interface content source 836 .
  • the device management interface 830 therefore, at 860 H, can provide the selected media content 200 to the selected portable media device 100 in accordance with the instructions associated with the download management data 842 .
  • the device management interface 830 likewise can update the device identification system 810 by providing the download identification data 822 .
  • the selected portable media device 100 can provide a confirmation of receipt to the device management database system 850 , at 860 I, in the manner set forth above.
  • the confirmation of receipt can comprise a quality check to validate that the selected portable media device 100 has been loaded with the correct viewing content 200 .
  • the confirmation of receipt likewise can include one or more predetermined device parameters, including selected identification parameters, such as a device serial number, and/or selected device status (or performance) parameters, such as a current content catalogue, an active content catalogue, a current charge level on the battery system 190 , and/or a “device ready” status parameter.
  • the device management database system 850 preferably updates the historical record for the portable media device to include at least a portion of the information included with the confirmation of receipt.
  • the device management database system 850 can determine whether the battery system 190 of the selected portable media device 100 has received a full charge. If the battery system 190 is not fully charged, the device management database system 850 can permit the battery system 190 to continue to charge, at 860 K. The device management database system 850 thereafter can periodically request an updated current charge level on the battery system 190 , at 860 J, to determine whether the battery system 190 has received a full charge. Once the current charge level on the battery system 190 indicates that the battery system 190 is fully charged, the selected portable media device 100 is ready for future use and, at 860 L, can be removed from the device interface docking station 832 . At 860 M, each portable media device 100 in the set can be processed and prepared for future use in the manner set forth above. Once processing is complete, the set of portable media devices 100 can be provided for use, at 860 N, and the process ends at 860 O.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a device management system 800 for simultaneously processing a plurality of portable media devices 100 in the manner set forth above with reference to FIGS. 13A-B .
  • the device management system 800 is shown as including a plurality of device management interfaces 830 in communication with the device management database system 850 .
  • Each device management interface 830 likewise can include a plurality of device interface docking stations 832 for receiving a plurality of portable media devices 100 .
  • the device management interface 830 can receive device identification data 820 from each relevant portable media device 100 and can transmit the device identification data 820 , in whole and/or in part, to the device management database system 850 as management data 840 in the manner discussed above.
  • the device management database system 850 can maintain historical records for each of the portable media devices and can provide configuration instruction for configuring each of the portable media devices for future use in the manner set forth above.
  • Each the device interface docking station 832 can update the portable media devices 100 in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 12 and 13 A-B.
  • a selected device interface docking station 832 such as device interface docking station 832 A, can provide the updated viewing content 200 to the associated portable media devices 100 in a wired manner and/or in a wireless manner as set forth above with reference to FIG. 3A , preferably via high-speed data communications. If the portable media devices 100 receive the updated viewing content 200 via wireless data communications, the updated viewing content 200 can be distributed to one or more of the associated portable media devices 100 in any conventional manner.
  • the selected device interface docking station 832 can sequentially update the associated portable media devices 100 and/or can update two or more of the associated portable media devices 100 in parallel.
  • the selected device interface docking station 832 can provide the updated viewing content 200 to the associated portable media devices 100 on a one-by-one basis and/or can multicast the updated viewing content 200 to more than one, preferably all, of the associated portable media devices 100 .
  • the device interface docking stations 832 for a selected device management interface 830 can be configured to process the portable media devices 100 in uniform and/or different manners
  • the device interface docking stations 832 preferably uniformly process the portable media devices 100 .
  • the portable media devices 100 associated with the selected device management interface 830 preferably are processed in a uniform manner, such that the portable media devices 100 are updated with uniform viewing content 200 and the device identification system 810 are uniformly updated with the device identification data 820 .
  • the memory systems 144 (shown in FIG. 13A ) of the relevant portable media devices 100 thereby can store the same viewing content 200 (or stored content 240 ) (shown in FIG. 3B ).
  • the portable media devices 100 thereby can be uniformly updated for future use in a more rapid manner.
  • the portable media devices 100 can be separated into two or more device groups 105 (shown in FIG. 7 ).
  • the device management interfaces 830 therefore may be allocated in accordance with the device groups 105 .
  • the device management interface 830 A can be configured to process the portable media devices 100 associated with a first device group 105 A (shown in FIG. 7 ); whereas, the portable media devices 100 associated with a second device group 105 B (shown in FIG. 7 ) can be processed by the device management interface 830 N.
  • the portable media devices 100 in each device group 105 can be simultaneously prepared for future use in a parallel manner.
  • each device management interface 830 A-N is shown as respectively including a separate battery charging system 834 A-N, interface content source 836 A-N, and/or interface memory system 838 A-N.
  • the download management data 842 A-N and/or the selected viewing content 200 A-N can be locally stored at each device management interface 830 A-N via interface content sources 836 A-N and/or interface memory systems 838 A-N.
  • the device management database system 850 thereby is not required to repeatedly provide the selected viewing content 200 A-N to each device management interface 830 A-N. Instead, the selected viewing content 200 A-N can be locally stored on the relevant interface content source 836 A-N.
  • the power 834 A-N provided by the battery charging systems 834 A-N preferably is uniform.
  • the device management database system 850 likewise can provide access to the Internet 565 .
  • the device management database system 850 thereby can communicate with one or more other device management database systems 850 and/or a central (or master) device management database system (not shown) for coordinating the historical records maintained by each of the device management database systems.
  • FIG. 15A An illustrative embodiment of a multi-bay docking station 870 for the device management system 800 is shown in FIG. 15A .
  • the multi-bay docking station 870 receives input power 872 from an external power source (not shown), the multi-bay docking station 870 includes a switching system 876 and a power supply 878 and is configured to communicate with a server system 874 .
  • the server system 874 can comprise a conventional computer server system and, as desired, can at least partially incorporate the interface content source 836 (shown in FIGS. 13A and 14 ) and/or the interface memory system 838 (shown in FIGS. 13A and 14 ).
  • the server system 874 preferably can be configured to communicate with a plurality of docking stations 870 in the manner discussed above with reference to FIG. 14 .
  • the power supply 878 converts the input power 872 into power, having a predetermined voltage level and/or a predetermined current level, that is suitable for the battery systems 190 (shown in FIG. 4
  • the switching system 876 facilitates communications between the server system 874 and a plurality of device interface docking stations 832 , each provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 13A .
  • the switching system 876 can be provided as any conventional type of switching (or routing) system in the manner set forth in the aforementioned co-pending U.S. patent application, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONTENT ON MOBILE PLATFORMS,” Ser. No. 11/123,327, filed on May 6, 2005.
  • the switching system 876 can negotiate appropriate communication data rates, including ten, one hundred, or one thousand megabits per second (10/100/1000 Mbps), and/or a duplex mode, such as a half duplex mode and/or a full duplex mode.
  • the multi-bay docking station 870 can automatically begin to charge the battery systems 190 of the portable media devices 100 .
  • the multi-bay docking station 870 likewise can automatically initiate the download of the device identification data 820 (shown in FIG. 14 ), the update of the viewing content 200 (shown in FIG. 14 ), and/or the update of the device identification data 820 in the manner discussed above.
  • the download of the device identification data 820 and the update of the viewing content 200 and the device identification data 820 can be controlled via a software application executed by the server system 874 .
  • the server system 874 can provide the updated viewing content 200 to the portable media devices 100 on a one-by-one basis and/or can multicast the updated viewing content 200 to more than one, preferably all, of the associated portable media devices 100 .
  • the server system 874 likewise can extract any transaction information, such as credit card information, from the portable media devices 100 and can securely process the transaction information.
  • the multi-bay docking station 870 preferably provides at least one external indicator system (not shown) for each device interface docking station 832 .
  • the external indicator system can, for example, show the status of the relevant battery system 190 .
  • the external indicator system can indicate whether the relevant battery system 190 is being charged, is fully charged, and/or is bad and requires replacement.
  • a similar indicator system may be provided to indicate the status of the viewing content update and/or the device identification data update for each device interface docking station 832 .
  • FIG. 15B illustrates a battery charging station 880 for charging battery systems 190 separately from the portable media devices 100 (shown in FIG. 15A ).
  • the battery charging station 880 likewise can be advantageously applied to charge spare battery systems 190 for the portable media devices 100 .
  • the battery charging station 880 is shown as including a plurality of power supply/charging circuit modules 884 each for receiving input power 882 and converting the input power 882 into power, having a predetermined voltage level and/or a predetermined current level, that is suitable for the battery systems 190 as discussed with reference to the power supply 878 (shown in FIG. 15A ).
  • the battery charging station 880 can rapidly charge the battery systems 190 . If the battery systems 190 have an eight hour battery life, for example, the battery charging station 880 can fully charge the battery systems 190 in approximately four to five hours.
  • the battery charging station 880 preferably provides at least one external indicator system (not shown) to indicate the status of each battery system 190 in the manner set forth above.
  • the device management system 800 can be associated with an airport terminal 900 as illustrated in FIG. 16A .
  • the airport terminal 900 includes a plurality of gates 910 , which are divided into gate groups 910 A-N.
  • Each gate group 910 A-N is associated with a ground support station (service station) 920 A-N, respectively, for servicing aircraft 500 B, including aircraft 500 B with vehicle information systems 510 .
  • each of the ground support stations 920 A-N includes at least one device interface docking station 832 A-N for uniformly processing portable media devices 100 in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 13A-B and 14 .
  • the device management database system 850 is shown as being configured to communicate with the database content source 852 as set forth above and/or a airport terminal network 930 provided in the manner set forth in the aforementioned co-pending U.S. patent application, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONTENT ON MOBILE PLATFORMS,” Ser. No. 11/123,327, filed on May 6, 2005.
  • the device management system 800 thereby can configure the portable media devices 100 to include viewing content 200 from the database content source 852 and/or travel information content 940 from the airport terminal network 930 via the device management interfaces 830 A-N in the manner discussed in more detail above.
  • Exemplary travel information content 940 can include any conventional type of information regarding each flight, such as a flight number, an aircraft tail number, gate number, flight departure and arrival time data, and/or passenger data.
  • the device management interface 830 A at the ground support station 920 A can prepare a first set 100 ′ of portable media devices 100 for use, for example, on a selected future departing flight.
  • the portable media devices 100 can be configured to include uniform viewing content 200 A, and the device management database system 850 can update its records for each portable media device 100 in the first set 100 ′.
  • the records of the device management database system 850 thereby associate each of the portable media devices 100 in the first set 100 ′ as identified, for example, by serial number, with the selected future departing flight as identified, for example, by flight number, gate number, and/or aircraft tail number.
  • the ground crew (not shown) can provide the first set 100 ′ of portable media devices 100 to the aircraft 500 B′ and/or can retrieve a second set 100 ′′ of portable media devices 100 , which were used during the incoming flight, from the aircraft 500 B′.
  • a portable (or handheld) device management interface 830 A′ can be provided at the aircraft 500 B′ to scan each portable media device 100 in the first set 100 ′ loaded onto the aircraft 500 B′ and/or each portable media device 100 in the second set 100 ′′ retrieved from the aircraft 500 B′.
  • the historical records maintained by the device management database system 850 thereby can be updated to reflect that each portable media device 100 in the first set 100 ′ has been loaded onto the aircraft 500 B′ and/or that each portable media device 100 in the second set 100 ′′ has arrived at the airport terminal 900 .
  • the ground crew and a representative from the aircraft 500 B each validate the number of portable media devices 100 and electronically sign for delivery and receipt.
  • the second set 100 ′′ of portable media devices 100 can be processed by the device management interface 830 A as set forth above.
  • the device management database system 850 thereby can update the historical records for the second set 100 ′′ of portable media devices 100 to include information regarding the return of the portable media devices 100 to the ground support station 920 A and can provide configuration instructions for reconfiguring the portable media devices 100 in the second set 100 ′′, in whole and/or in part, for use on one or more subsequent flight as discussed above.
  • the historical records maintained by the device management database system 850 likewise can be updated to reflect any portable media devices 100 in the second set 100 ′′ that were identified as being on the aircraft 500 B but that were not scanned when the second set 100 ′′ of the portable media devices 100 was retrieved from the aircraft 500 B′.
  • the missing portable media devices 100 in the second set 100 ′′ may not have been retrieved from the aircraft 500 B′ for a variety of reasons, including, for example, loss and/or theft. Electronic tracking therefore can facilitate the maintenance of a complete historical record for each portable media device 100 .
  • the device management system 800 can advantageously provide logistical control and management of the portable media devices 100 and/or can provide the associated data to the operator of the aircraft 500 B′.
  • the portable media devices 100 preferably are disposed within one or more device containers 950 in preparation for delivery to the aircraft 500 B′ as illustrated in FIG. 16B .
  • the device containers 950 can be provided in any suitable manner.
  • the device containers 950 comprise tamper-evident containers that are appropriately sized for use with a standard aircraft galley cart (not shown), such as a half-size galley cart and/or a full-size galley cart.
  • the device containers 950 can be provided as sealable containers and/or containers that include at least one security seal to evidence that the device containers 950 have been opened.
  • the device containers 950 preferably are constructed such that the device identification systems 810 of the portable media devices 100 can communicate with a device management interface 830 when the portable media devices 100 are disposed within the sealed device containers 950 .
  • the device containers 950 can include indicia for readily identifying the contents sealed within.
  • a packing list 952 can be provided for identifying the contents of the device containers 950 .
  • a separate packing list 952 can be provided for each device container 950 , and/or two or more device containers 950 can share a common packing list 952 .
  • the packing list 952 can include content information such as a number of the portable media devices 100 stored within the associated device container 950 , a device serial number for each portable media device 100 , and/or quality assurance information for each portable media device 100 .
  • Exemplary quality assurance information can include information, such as a date, location, and inspector name, related to the inspection and sealing of the associated device container 950 .
  • the packing list 952 likewise can include at least one section for comments, such as comments regarding the portable media devices 100 .
  • the comments section for instance, can be used to identify any portable media devices 100 that have problems and to describe the problems.
  • Information from the packing list 952 preferably can be provided to the device management database system 850 (shown in FIG. 16A ) such that the historical record for each portable media device 100 can be updated, as needed.
  • each of the device containers 950 can include a container identification system 954 .
  • the container identification system 954 can be provided in the manner set for in more detail above with reference to the device identification system 810 (shown in FIG. 12 ) and can communicate with the device management interface 830 (shown in FIG. 12 ) and, therefore, the device management database system 850 in the manner discussed above.
  • the container identification system 954 can provide content information, such as the content information discussed above with reference to the packing list 952 .
  • the content information provided by the container identification system 954 includes a number of the portable media devices 100 stored within the associated device container 950 , a device serial number for each portable media device 100 , a serial number of the security seal, and/or information regarding the aircraft 500 ′ to which the device container 950 is to be delivered.
  • the container identification system 954 can communicate with the device management interface 830 such that the content information can be provided to the device management database system 850 , which can update the historical record for each portable media device 100 .
  • the container identification system 954 can be scanned by the device management interface 830 at each transfer to provide a chain of custody for the device containers 950 and, therefore, the portable media devices 100 .
  • the device management interface 830 can scan the container identification system 954 of outgoing device containers 950 when the device container 950 is inspected and sealed, when the device container 950 leaves the ground support station 920 A-N (shown in FIG. 16A ), and when the device container 950 is provided to, and disposed aboard, the aircraft 500 B′.
  • the container identification system 954 of incoming device containers 950 can be scanned by the device management interface 830 when the device container 950 is retrieved from the aircraft 500 B′, when the device container 950 arrives at the ground support station 920 A-N, and when the device container 950 is opened and inspected.
  • the device management system 800 thereby can monitor transfers of sealed device containers 950 rather than transfers of individual portable media devices 100 .
  • the portable media devices 100 can be inspected for any damage and, as necessary, repaired.
  • the portable media devices 100 then can be coupled with device interface docking station 832 (shown in FIG. 13A ). While the battery systems 190 (shown in FIG. 4B ) of the portable media devices 100 are being recharged, the device identification data 820 can be downloaded from the device identification systems 810 and provided to the device management database system 850 .
  • the device management database system 850 thereby can update the historical records of the portable media devices 100 and can provide configuration instruction for configuring the portable media devices 100 for future use in the manner set forth in more detail above.
  • the device management interface 830 can configure each portable media device 100 , updating the device identification data 820 stored by the device identification system 810 and/or updating the viewing content 200 stored by the memory system 144 , as discussed above.
  • the sealed device containers 950 of portable media devices 100 can be delivered to the aircraft 500 B in any conventional manner.
  • the first sealed device containers 950 ′ is illustrated as including the first set 100 ′ of portable media devices 100 provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 16A .
  • the first sealed device containers 950 ′ can be included in one or more larger flight delivery containers 960 , such as first flight delivery containers 960 ′, with other containers, such as food storage containers 970 for storing meals 972 , beverages 974 , and/or snacks 976 .
  • the second set 100 ′′ of portable media devices 100 can be provided as discussed above and can be provided in second sealed device containers 950 ′′ for retrieval from the aircraft 500 B′.
  • the second sealed device containers 950 ′′ can be included in one or more larger flight delivery containers 960 , such as second flight delivery containers 960 ′′, with other containers, such as a refuse storage container 980 .
  • the aircraft 500 B′ can be prepared for flight by retrieving the second flight delivery container 960 ′′ including items, such as the second set 100 ′′ of portable media devices 100 , that were used during prior travel and by providing the first flight delivery container 960 ′ including items, such as the first set 100 ′ of portable media devices 100 , for use during subsequent travel to the aircraft 500 B′.
  • a fresh set of portable media devices 100 is provided for each flight of the aircraft 500 B′.
  • the portable media device 100 can be configured to facilitate commercial transactions, including commercial transactions initiated by passengers traveling aboard a vehicle 500 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B ). Since commercial transactions typically require payment information, such as a credit card number, and/or authorization information, such as a personal identification number (PIN) or a password, the portable media device 100 includes an input system 170 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) for entering such transaction information (not shown).
  • the input system 170 can be provided as discussed above with reference to FIGS. 3A-B and typically comprises a keyboard and/or a mouse.
  • the portable media device 100 likewise includes a credit card reader system for providing payment information in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 3B .
  • Illustrative commercial transactions can include transactions for securing access to the portable media device 100 itself.
  • transaction information may be required to rent (and/or activate) the portable media device 100 .
  • the portable media device 100 likewise can require transaction information (or additional transaction information) to access selected functions of the portable media device 100 , such as to access the viewing content 200 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) stored on the memory system 144 (shown in FIG. 3B ).
  • Access to premium viewing content 200 can require additional transaction information.
  • the portable media device 100 can store the transaction information on the memory system 144 and/or can transmit the transaction information as the upload content 260 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ).
  • the transaction information preferably is uploaded from the portable media device 100 and provided to the device management database system 850 for processing in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to the device management system 800 (shown in FIGS. 12 and 13 A-B).
  • the portable media device 100 can be configured to communicate with a vehicle information system 510 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B ) installed on the vehicle 500 .
  • the vehicle information system 510 can process the transaction information in any conventional manner, such as via a computer system 550 (shown in FIG. 8B ) of the vehicle information system 510 .
  • the vehicle information system 510 can process the transaction information in real time by instantly downloading the transaction information to a terrestrial payment system (not shown) via a communication system 560 (shown in FIG.
  • the vehicle information system 510 likewise can process the transaction information in a time-delayed manner by storing the transaction information for downloading to the terrestrial payment system at a later time, such as arrival the destination of the vehicle 500 .
  • the transaction information preferably is stored and/or transmitted in an encrypted format.
  • the commercial transactions can comprise any conventional type of commercial transactions, including commercial transactions performed via the Internet 565 (shown in FIG. 8B ).
  • the commercial transactions can include commercial transactions involving merchandise (not shown), such as duty-free merchandise in the case of international travel, and/or services that are available via the vehicle 500 .
  • Information regarding the merchandise and/or services can be visually and/or audibly presented via the portable media device 100 and can include textual information and/or graphical information describing the merchandise and/or services.
  • the portable media device 100 likewise can one or more relevant Internet links and/or present various merchandise options, such as available sizes and/or colors, and/or service options.
  • the desired merchandise and/or services can be selected for purchase via the portable media device 100 by entering the transaction information. If stored on the vehicle 500 , the merchandise can be made available upon receipt of the transaction information; otherwise, the merchandise can be provided upon arrival at the destination and/or shipped to a selected location.
  • the portable media device 100 likewise can be configured to present advertisement information for selected products and/or services.
  • Uniform advertisement information can be presented by each portable media device 100 , and/or the advertisement information can be selectably presented by the portable media devices 100 based upon any suitable criteria.
  • the advertisement information comprises directed advertisement information based, for example, upon a passenger's usage of the portable media device 100 .
  • the advertisement information can be visually and/or audibly presented via the portable media device 100 and can include textual information and/or graphical information describing the product and/or service.
  • the portable media device 100 likewise can one or more relevant Internet links for viewing additional advertising information.
  • the portable media device 100 can provide transaction information to purchase the advertised product and/or service in the manner discussed above.
  • the crew of the vehicle 500 likewise can be provided with one or more portable media devices 100 (or the crew media devices) for assisting passengers with their commercial transactions.
  • Each crew media device can be provided in the manner set forth above with reference to the portable media device 100 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ) and preferably are configured to receive transaction information as discussed above.
  • the crew media device include a credit card reader system for providing payment information in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 3B .
  • the crew media device likewise can include additional functionality, such as a bar code scanner system, a still and/or motion picture camera system, voice recording functionality, and voice-to-text conversion functionality.
  • the crew media device can support any conventional type of commercial transactions, including the above-mentioned commercial transactions, such as rental of portable media devices 100 by passengers and/or merchandise (and/or services) purchases, that are supported by the portable media devices 100 for passenger usage. As desired, additional commercial transactions likewise may be supported. For example, the crew media device can be used to enter orders for food and/or beverages for delivery during travel.
  • the crew media device can be associated with one or more merchandise bins (not shown) for storing merchandise available on the vehicle 500 .
  • the merchandise bins can be provided in any suitable manner, including as stationary merchandise bins and/or portable merchandise bins.
  • one or more selected cabin compartments (not shown) in the passenger cabin 570 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B ) can be designated for merchandise storage.
  • the crew media device likewise can include one or more drawers for merchandise storage and/or can be associated with a aircraft galley cart (not shown), such as a half-size galley cart and/or a full-size galley cart, with one or more drawers for merchandise storage.
  • the crew media device can provide an inventory control system for the merchandise available for purchase on the vehicle 500 .
  • the crew media device preferably provides the inventory control system in cooperation with one or more computer systems (not shown), such as the vehicle information system 510 .
  • the computer systems can be disposed onboard the vehicle 500 and/or external to, or remote from, the vehicle 500 .
  • the crew media device can store the transaction information on the memory system 144 and/or can transmit the transaction information as the upload content 260 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B ). If stored on the memory system 144 , for example, the transaction information preferably is uploaded from the crew media device and provided to the device management database system 850 for processing in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to the device management system 800 (shown in FIGS. 12 and 13 A-B).
  • the crew media device likewise can be configured to communicate with the vehicle information system 510 as discussed above with reference to the portable media device 100 .
  • the vehicle information system 510 can process the transaction information in any conventional manner, including in real time and/or in a time-delayed manner, in the manner set forth in more detail above.
  • the transaction information preferably is stored and/or transmitted in an encrypted format.
  • the vehicle information system 510 of the aircraft 500 B and the terrestrial content source 300 B can communicate in any conventional wireless manner.
  • an Aircraft-Ground Information Services—Cellular Modem (AGIS-CM) system for providing two-way data communications between an XMLRPC server system, such as the server system 520 (shown in FIG. 8B ), installed on the aircraft 500 B and an Aircraft-Ground Information Services (AGIS) server at a ground station while the aircraft 500 B is on the ground.
  • AGIS-CM Aircraft-Ground Information Services—Cellular Modem
  • the server on board the aircraft 500 B includes a Cabin Memory Extension Unit (CMEU2 (AGIS-Air/AGIS-Link)) hard drive array with a communication port that is coupled with a General Packet Radio Service (GSM/GPRS) cellular transmitter/receiver via an RS-232 connection.
  • CMEU2 Cabin Memory Extension Unit
  • GSM/GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • the server on board the aircraft 500 B is configured to dial a telephone number to contact the ground server.
  • the server on board the aircraft 500 B and the ground server then can negotiate to form a communication channel using Internet connectivity in accordance with the XMLRPC protocol. Neither the dialing event nor the negotiation event will be triggered by opening a door to the aircraft 500 B.
  • the servers are configured to exchange data while the aircraft 500 B is on the ground, regarding of whether the aircraft 500 B is stationary or in motion.
  • the data transferred from the server on board the aircraft 500 B comprises operational information regarding an in-flight entertainment (IFE) system that is installed on the aircraft 500 B.
  • the operational information can include, for example, passenger usage information as well as information regarding any system failures.
  • the ground server can transfer program content, such as movies or television programs, for display during subsequent flight.
  • both servers Prior to forming the communication channel, both servers can store pending data transfers, which are immediately exchanged once the communication channel has been established. Since the server on board the aircraft 500 B can store and transmit the pending data transfers, on-board applications, which generate the pending data transfers, are not individually required to provide a data transfer mechanism.
  • the communication system is mounted in an aircraft 500 B and is configured for use with standard cellular telephones used by passengers on the aircraft 500 B.
  • the communication system includes an internal antenna system for exchanging cellular communication signals with the cellular telephones.
  • the internal antenna system can comprise a plurality of antennas distributed throughout the passenger compartment of the aircraft 500 B, such as an antenna disposed at each passenger seat, and is coupled with a central transceiver system.
  • the central transceiver system is configured to receive outgoing cellular communication signals from the internal antenna system and to convert the outgoing cellular communication signals into outgoing satellite communication signals, which are compatible with satellite communications. Coupled with an external antenna system, the central transceiver system is configured to transmit the outgoing satellite communication signals to a satellite system via the external antenna system.
  • the satellite system relays the outgoing satellite communication signals to a terrestrial receiving station that is in communication with the public telephone network.
  • the terrestrial receiving station can convert the outgoing satellite communication signals into outgoing telephone signals, which are compatible with the public telephone network, and provides the outgoing telephone signals to the public telephone network.
  • the central transceiver system likewise can receive incoming satellite communication signals the terrestrial receiving station and convert the incoming satellite communication signals into cellular communication signals via a reverse process. Thereby, passengers can make cellular telephone calls during flight.

Abstract

A portable media device for use in cooperation with passenger entertainment systems installed in vehicles, such as automobiles and aircraft, and methods for manufacturing and using same. The portable media device is configured to communicate with one or more content sources, which provide viewing content and which may be proximate to, and/or remote from, the portable media device. Preferably being configured to wirelessly communicate with the content sources, the portable media device can select content from any available content source and can download and present the selected content in any conventional manner. The selected content can be streamed to the portable media device for contemporaneous presentation and/or stored by the portable media device for viewing at any time, including after disembarking the vehicle once travel is completed. As desired, the portable media device likewise can be configured to transmit appropriate upload content to the content sources.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation application of co-pending U.S. application Ser. No. 11/154,749, filed on Jun. 15, 2005, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 60/580,099, filed on Jun. 15, 2004. Priority to the prior applications is expressly claimed, and the disclosures of the applications are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties and for all purposes.
  • FIELD
  • The present disclosure relates generally to portable entertainment systems and more particularly, but not exclusively, to passenger entertainment systems for use in vehicles.
  • BACKGROUND
  • Vehicles, such as automobiles and aircraft, often provide entertainment systems to satisfy passenger demand for entertainment during travel.
  • Conventional passenger entertainment systems include overhead cabin viewing systems and/or seatback viewing systems with individual controls for selecting viewing content. The viewing content typically includes entertainment content, such as audio and/or video materials, and can be derived from a variety of content sources. For instance, prerecorded viewing content, such as motion pictures and music, can be provided by internal content sources, such as audio and video systems, that are installed within the vehicle. External content sources likewise can transmit viewing content, including satellite television programming or satellite radio programming, to the vehicle via wireless communication systems.
  • Conventional passenger entertainment systems, however, suffer from numerous disadvantages. Some passengers therefore find the passenger entertainment systems to be complicated to operate and the viewing content difficult to enjoy. Selection of the viewing content, for example, can prove difficult due to the awkward placement and operation of the user controls. Similarly, the viewing systems are distally located, such as overhead and/or on an opposing seatback, and typically are not adjacent to the user controls. Also, some or all of the passengers will be inhibited from enjoying the viewing content if one or more viewing systems fails. Such system shortcomings are a frequent source of passenger complaints.
  • Passenger demand for entertainment likewise is continually evolving. Not only do passengers want to access the most current viewing content, such live television programming and the latest games, but they also require a more extensive selection of entertainment products and services, such as Internet access and in-transit shopping, to be available. Conventional passenger entertainment systems, however, are limited by their fixed hardware technology and cannot easily be adapted to accommodate changing passenger entertainment needs during travel.
  • In view of the foregoing, a need exists for an improved passenger entertainment system that overcomes the aforementioned obstacles and deficiencies of currently-available passenger entertainment systems.
  • SUMMARY OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
  • The various embodiments disclosed herein are directed toward portable media devices for presenting viewing content during travel.
  • The portable media device is configured to communicate with one or more content sources for providing viewing content. Each of the content sources may be proximate to, and/or remote from, the portable media device. Preferably being configured to wirelessly communicate with the content sources, the portable media device can select viewing content from any available content source and can download and present the selected viewing content in any conventional manner. The selected viewing content can be streamed to the portable media device for contemporaneous presentation and/or stored by the portable media device for viewing at any time. As desired, the portable media device can be configured to support two-way communications with one or more of the content sources. The portable media device thereby can provide enhanced functionality, such as support for viewing content uploads and other passenger transactions, during travel.
  • Other aspects and features of the present disclosure will become apparent from consideration of the following description taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 is an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating an embodiment of a portable media device for presenting viewing content.
  • FIG. 2A is an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating an embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 1, in which the portable media device presents selected viewing content from a content source.
  • FIG. 2B is an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 2A, in which the selected viewing content is selectable at the content source.
  • FIG. 3A is an exemplary block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 1, in which the portable media device includes a communication interface for facilitating communication between the portable media device and the content source and an input system for selecting the viewing content and for controlling the presentation of the selected viewing content.
  • FIG. 3B is an exemplary block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 3A, in which the portable media device likewise includes a memory system for storing the selected viewing content and/or at least one peripheral system for supplementing the functionality of the portable media device.
  • FIG. 4A is a detail drawing illustrating a front view of one embodiment of the portable media device of FIGS. 3A-B, in which the portable entertainment device is in an open position.
  • FIG. 4B is a detail drawing illustrating a back view of the portable media device of FIG. 4A.
  • FIG. 4C is a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIGS. 4A-B, in which the portable entertainment device includes a viewing support.
  • FIG. 4D is a detail drawing illustrating another alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIGS. 4A-B, in which the portable entertainment device includes a protective cover.
  • FIG. 5A is a detail drawing illustrating a front view of another embodiment of the portable media device of FIGS. 3A-B.
  • FIG. 5B is a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 5A, in which the portable entertainment device includes a viewing support.
  • FIG. 5C is a detail drawing illustrating a back view of the portable media device of FIG. 5B.
  • FIG. 6A is an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating another alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 1, in which the portable media device can present selected viewing content from a plurality of content sources.
  • FIG. 6B is an exemplary top-level block diagram illustrating another alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 1, in which a plurality of the portable media devices is configured to communicate with a selected content source.
  • FIG. 7 is an exemplary block diagram illustrating another alternative embodiment of the portable media device of FIG. 1, in which a plurality of the portable media devices is configured to communicate with a plurality of content sources via a content distribution system.
  • FIG. 8A is a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the plurality of portable media devices of FIG. 7, in which the plurality of portable media devices and the plurality of content sources form a vehicle information system that is associated with an automobile.
  • FIG. 8B is a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the vehicle information system of FIG. 8A, in which the vehicle information system is associated with an aircraft.
  • FIG. 9A is a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the vehicle information system of FIGS. 8A-B, in which the vehicle information system provides access points adjacent to the passenger seats.
  • FIG. 9B is a detail drawing illustrating another alternative embodiment of the vehicle information system of FIGS. 8A-B, in which the access points are distributed throughout a passenger cabin of the vehicle.
  • FIGS. 10A-J are detail drawings illustrating alternative embodiments of a mounting system for mounting the portable media device of FIG. 1 on a headrest of a passenger seat.
  • FIG. 11A-F are detail drawings illustrating alternative embodiments of a mounting system for mounting the portable media device of FIG. 1 on a seatback of a passenger seat.
  • FIG. 12 is an exemplary block diagram illustrating an embodiment of a device management system for the portable media device of FIG. 1, in which the portable media device includes a device identification system for providing device identification data.
  • FIG. 13A is an exemplary block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the device management system of FIG. 12, in which the device management system can maintain a historical record for the portable media device and can provide configuration instruction for configuring the portable media device for future use.
  • FIG. 13B is an exemplary flow chart illustrating an embodiment of a method by which the device management system of FIG. 13A can maintain the historical record for the portable media device and can provide configuration instruction for configuring the portable media device for future use.
  • FIG. 14 is an exemplary block diagram illustrating an alternative embodiment of the device management system of FIGS. 13A-B, in which the device management system simultaneously process a plurality of portable media devices, maintaining historical records for each portable media device and providing instruction for configuring each portable media device for future use.
  • FIG. 15A is a detail drawing illustrating an embodiment of a docking station for the device management system of FIG. 14, in which the docking station is configured to interface with the plurality of portable media devices.
  • FIG. 15B is a detail drawing illustrating an embodiment of a battery charging system for the device management system of FIG. 14, in which the battery charging system is configured to simultaneously charge a plurality of battery systems.
  • FIG. 16A is a detail drawing illustrating another alternative embodiment of the device management system of FIG. 14, in which the device management system is installed at an airport terminal.
  • FIG. 16B is a detail drawing illustrating an alternative embodiment of the device management system of FIG. 16A, in which the portable media devices can be packaged in sealed containers for delivery to aircraft at the airport terminal.
  • It should be noted that the figures are not drawn to scale and that elements of similar structures or functions are generally represented by like reference numerals for illustrative purposes throughout the figures. It also should be noted that the figures are only intended to facilitate the description of the preferred embodiments of the present disclosure. The figures do not describe every aspect of the present disclosure and do not limit the scope of the disclosure.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
  • Since currently-available passenger entertainment systems are difficult to operate and have limited content presentation capabilities, a portable media device with an intuitive user interface for presenting selected viewing content from one or more available content sources during travel can prove desirable and provide a basis for a wide range of applications, such as passenger entertainment systems for use on aircraft and other types of vehicles. This result can be achieved, according to one embodiment disclosed herein, by employing a portable media device 100 as shown in FIG. 1.
  • Turning to FIG. 1, the portable media device 100 is provided as a portable, handheld media presentation system for receiving viewing content 200 and for presenting the received viewing content 200. By providing the portable media device 100 as a portable, handheld media presentation system, the weight, complexity, and power consumption of the portable media device 100 each can be reduced while increasing overall device reliability. The portable media device 100 can be provided in any conventional manner, such as via one or more hardware components and/or software components and includes an intuitive user interface 110. As illustrated in FIG. 1, the exemplary portable media device 100 comprises a video system 120 for visually presenting a video portion of the viewing content 200 (or video content 220) and/or an audio system 130 for audibly presenting an audio portion of the viewing content 200 (or audio content 230). The video system 120 and the audio system 130 are shown as being operable under the control of a control system 140. The portable media device 100 thereby can control the manner in which the viewing content 200 is received and/or presented.
  • The viewing content 200 can be provided by one or more content sources 300 as shown in FIGS. 2A-B. The content source 300 can be provided in any conventional manner, such as via one or more hardware components and/or software components, and can be disposed proximately to, and/or remotely from, the portable media device 100. For example, the content source 300 can be provided in the manner set forth in the co-pending U.S. patent applications, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DOWNLOADING FILES,” Ser. No. 10/772,565, filed on Feb. 4, 2004, and “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONTENT ON MOBILE PLATFORMS,” Ser. No. 11/123,327, filed on May 6, 2005, which are assigned to the assignee of the present application and the respective disclosures of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. The portable media device 100 and the content source 300 likewise can communicate in any conventional manner, including via wired and/or wireless communications. Thereby, when in communication with the content source 300, the portable media device 100 can receive and present viewing content 200 from the content source 300.
  • The viewing content 200 can comprise any suitable type of viewing content 200 in the manner set forth in the above-mentioned co-pending U.S. patent application, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DOWNLOADING FILES,” Ser. No. 10/772,565, filed on Feb. 4, 2004. Preferably being provided in any conventional compressed digital format to facilitate transmission, the viewing content 200 may be provided in any appropriate analog format and/or digital format that may be compressed and/or uncompressed, as desired. To help ensure smooth presentation, the viewing content 200 preferably is buffered when transmitted from the content source 300 to the portable media device 100. The buffering can be provided in any conventional manner, including via, for example, the portable media device 100 and/or the content source 300. When configured to communicate by way of a content distribution system 400 (shown in FIG. 7), the buffering likewise can be associated with the content distribution system 400, as desired.
  • The viewing content 200, for example, can have entertainment content, including audio content, such as music or audio books, and/or video content, such as motion pictures, television programming, or any other type of audiovisual work. As desired, the viewing content 200 can comprise stored (or time-delayed) viewing content 200 and/or live (or real-time) viewing content 200, such as broadcast transmissions of live events or pre-recorded events. The content source 300 preferably provides the viewing content 200 substantially in real-time. Illustrative formats for the video content can include Audio Video Interleave (AVI) format, Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) format, and Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG) format; whereas, Waveform (WAV) format and MPEG Audio Layer 3 (MP3) format comprise exemplary formats for the audio content.
  • Streaming video content preferably is provided in MPEG-4 FGS (Fine Granularity Scalable) format to help ensure transmission efficiency; however, the video content can be streamed by the content source 300 in any suitable standard format. When configured to receive the streaming video content in MPEG-4 FGS format, the portable media device 100 can advantageously maintain compatibility with one or more other video formats, such as other Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG) formats, including MPEG-1 format and MPEG-2 format. Audio content likewise can be streamed by the content source 300. The streamed audio content can be provided separately, such as with music, and/or in association with other viewing content 200, such as with a soundtrack to a motion picture. Preferably being provided in MPEG-4 BSAC (Bit Slice Arithmetic Coding) format and/or Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) format, the streamed audio content can be streamed by the content source 300 in any suitable standard format.
  • As desired, other types of viewing content 200, including application software, such as media player programs or games, and/or textual materials, such as forms, reference materials, or other documents, can be provided by the content source 300. Application software typically is provided in an executable (EXE) format, and exemplary formats for the textual viewing content 200 include document text file (DOC) format, Portable Document Format (PDF), and text file (TXT) format. Although selected formats have been discussed above with reference to the audio viewing content 200 and video viewing content 200 for purposes of illustration, the selected formats are merely exemplary and not exhaustive. It is understood that he viewing content 200 thereby can be provided in any suitable conventional format.
  • The viewing content 200 can be presented by the portable media device 100 in any conventional manner, preferably substantially in real-time. For example, the portable media device 100 can download the viewing content 200 in the manner disclosed in the aforementioned co-pending U.S. patent application, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DOWNLOADING FILES,” Ser. No. 10/772,565, filed on Feb. 4, 2004. As desired, the portable media device 100 likewise can store the downloaded viewing content 200. The portable media device 100 thereby can present the viewing content 200 at any time regardless of whether communication with the content source 300 is maintained.
  • The viewing content 200 likewise can be streamed to the portable media device 100 from the content source 300. Stated somewhat differently, the viewing content 200 can be momentarily stored (or cached) by the portable media device 100. The viewing content 200 likewise can be streamed in any conventional manner. Content sources 300 for streaming the viewing content 200 can include terrestrial content sources 300 and/or satellite content sources 300. For example, live television programming can be streamed by one or more terrestrial content source 300, such as a broadcast television system (not shown), and/or by one or more satellite content source 300, such as a Direct Broadcast Satellite (DBS) system (not shown). If the portable media device 100 disposed in a vehicle 500 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B) in the discussed below with reference to FIGS. 8A-B, the viewing content 200 can be streamed to the portable media device 100 from a content source 300, such as a media server system 520 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B), installed aboard the vehicle 500.
  • By streaming the viewing content 200 to the portable media device 100, loss, such as by theft, of the portable media device 100 therefore does not also result in loss of the viewing content 200. To help further ensure the security of the viewing content 200, the viewing content 200 preferably is streamed to the portable media device 100 in an encrypted format and/or can be provided with one or more other digital rights management (DRM) controls. Thereby, the viewing content 200 can be protected against any unauthorized use, copying, and/or dissemination, and/or, even if intercepted or otherwise stolen, the encrypted viewing content 200 will not be readily usable. The viewing content 200 can be encrypted in any conventional manner, including the use of proprietary encryption techniques. By streaming the viewing content 200 from the content source 300, the quantity and complexity of the components comprising the portable media device 100 can be reduced. Thereby, the portable media device 100 can be provided as the portable, handheld media presentation system as discussed above. The weight, complexity, and power consumption of the portable media device 100 likewise can be reduced; whereas, the overall device reliability of the portable media device 100 can be increased.
  • The viewing content 200, such as stored (or time-delayed) viewing content 200, therefore can advantageously be provided from, or stored in, a central location. Thereby, management of the viewing content 200, including updating the viewing content 200, is facilitated, and the portable media device 100 can present viewing content 200 selected from extensive resources of the content source 300. Further, if the viewing content 200 comprises real-time viewing content 200, including, for example, live satellite television programming, live satellite radio programming, and/or real-time Internet access, the portable media device 100 can present the live viewing content 200 substantially in real-time. The portable media device 100 therefore is not limited to presenting viewing content 200 that can be stored within its resources, which can be limited in comparison with the extensive resources of the content source 300. As a result, the portable media device 100 can be configured to provide a wide variety of viewing content 200 choices, which can be selected and presented on demand.
  • As illustrated in FIGS. 2A-B, the portable media device 100 preferably can select viewing content 200 provided by the content source 300 and can present the selected viewing content 200 in the manner discussed above with reference to FIG. 1. If the content source 300 is configured to provide a catalogue of available viewing content 200, the portable media device 100 can select relevant viewing content 200 (or selected viewing content 200″), as desired, from the catalogue in any conventional manner. For example, the content source 300 can simultaneously transmit a plurality of viewing content 200 (or aggregate viewing content 200′) from the catalogue as shown in FIG. 2A. The viewing content 200 can be transmitted on a predetermined communication channel and/or can include (or be encoded with) a unique identifier (or address).
  • The portable media device 100 of FIG. 2A includes a content selection system 150 for receiving the aggregate viewing content 200′ and a content selection signal 250 from the control system 140. Based upon the content selection signal 250, the content selection system 150 thereby can identify the selected viewing content 200″ from the aggregate viewing content 200′, for example, by selecting the predetermined communication channel and/or the unique identifier associated with the selected viewing content 200″. Upon selecting the select the selected viewing content 200″ and, as necessary, providing payment and/or authorization information, the content selection system 150 can provide the selected video content 220 to the video system 120 and/or the selected audio content 230 to the audio system 130 for presentation as discussed above. Although shown and described as being separate from the control system 140 for purposes of illustration, the content selection system 150 can be at least partially integrated with the control system 140, as desired.
  • Alternatively, or in addition, the content source 300 can transmit the selected viewing content 200″ to the portable media device 100 as shown in FIG. 2B. The portable media device 100 of FIG. 2B is illustrated as being configured to transmit (or upload) upload content 260, including viewing content 200 and/or communication signals, such as the content selection signal 250, to the content source 300. In other words, the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 can engage in two-way communications. Upon receiving the content selection signal 250, the content source 300 can identify the selected viewing content 200″ associated with the content selection signal 250 and transmit the selected viewing content 200″ to the portable media device 100. In the manner discussed above with reference to FIG. 2A, the content source 300 preferably transmits the elected viewing content 200″ on a predetermined communication channel and/or can include (or be encoded with) a unique identifier (or address) associated with the portable media device 100. The portable media device 100 can receive the selected viewing content 200″ and provide the selected video content 220 to the video system 120 and/or the selected audio content 230 to the audio system 130 for presentation as discussed above.
  • FIG. 3A is an exemplary block diagram illustrating one embodiment of the portable media device 100. As shown in FIG. 3A, the portable media device 100 includes a communication interface 160 for facilitating communication between the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B) and an intuitive user interface system 110 for permitting a user (or passenger) (not shown) to readily interact with the portable media device 100 and, therefore, the content source 300. The portable media device 100 and the content source 300 can be configured to communicate in any conventional manner. Preferably, the communication interface 160 is configured to support high-speed data communications between the portable media device 100 and the content source 300.
  • Illustrative high-speed data communication protocols can include any type of Fast Ethernet (such as 100 Base-X and/or 100 Base-T) protocol and/or Gigabit (such as 1000 Base-X and/or 1000 Base-T) Ethernet communication protocol, with a typical data transfer rate of at least approximately one hundred megabits per second (100 Mbps). In a wired environment, the high-speed data communications between the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 can be provided via one or more conventional copper communication connections and/or fiber optic communication connections. The fiber optic communication connections can be trunked, as desired. To achieve high data transfer rates in a wireless communications environment, free-space optics (or laser) technology, millimeter wave (or microwave) technology, and/or Ultra-Wideband (UWB) technology can be utilized to provide the high-speed data communications between the portable media device 100 and the content source 300. The portable media device 100 and the content source 300 likewise can communicate directly and/or indirectly via one or more intermediate systems, such as a content distribution system 400 (shown in FIG. 7). Illustrative embodiments of the content distribution system 400 are discussed in more detail below with reference to FIG. 7.
  • Being disposed substantially between the portable media device 100 and the content source 300, the communication interface 160 is configured to support any conventional type of communication, including wired communications and/or wireless communications. The communication interface 160, for example, can comprise a Ethernet adapter for wired communications via a computer network and/or a modem for wired communications via a telecommunications network. As shown in FIG. 3A, the communication interface 160 is illustrated as including a communication port 162 for communicating with the content source 300 and a compatible transceiver system 164 for receiving the viewing content 200. As desired, the communication interface 160 can be disposed substantially within, or separate from, the portable media device 100.
  • Comprising a conventional communication port, the communication port 162 can include a wired communication port for supporting wired communications and/or a wireless communication port for supporting wireless communications over one or more communication frequencies. Conventional wired communication port include a connector system (not shown) such as an Ethernet connector system, such as Registered Jack 45 (RJ-45) connector system, and/or a telecommunication connector system, such as Registered Jack 11 (RJ-11) connector systems and Registered Jack 12 (RJ-12) connector systems. The wireless communication port can comprise an antenna system (not shown) for receive viewing content 200 within a predetermined range of communication frequencies. Exemplary wireless communication ports can include radio-frequency (RF) communication ports and/or infrared (IR) communication ports.
  • The transceiver system 164 is coupled with, and configured to communicate with, the communication port 162. Upon receiving viewing content 200 from the content source 300, the communication port 162 can provide the received viewing content 200 to the transceiver system 164. The transceiver system 164 can be configured to process the viewing content 200 in any conventional manner. Illustrative conventional processes can include decoding, demodulating, and/or analog-to-digital converting the viewing content 200. Upon processing the viewing content 200, the transceiver system 164 can provide the processed viewing content 200 to the control system 140.
  • Since the portable media device 100 preferably is provided in the form of a laptop computer, a palmtop computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA), cellular telephone, and/or a MPEG Audio Layer 3 (MP3) device, the control system 140 typically includes at least one processing system 120 for processing the viewing content 200. Stated somewhat differently, the portable media device 100 can include the functionality underlying each of the above-mentioned devices, individually and/or in combination. The processing system 120 is illustrated in FIG. 3A as coupling, and facilitating communication among, the communication interface 160, the video system 120, and/or the audio system 130. The processing system 120 can comprise any appropriate number and type of conventional processing systems, such as one or more microprocessors (μPs), central processing units (CPUs), digital signal processors (DSPs), and/or coder/decoders (CODECs), and can process the viewing content 200 in accordance with user instructions (or commands), such as a content selection signal 250 and/or a presentation control signal 270.
  • If the viewing content 200 is provided to the portable media device 100 in an encrypted format as discussed in more detail with reference to FIGS. 2A-B, the processing system 142 can decrypt the encrypted viewing content 200 to restore the viewing content 200. The processing system 142 likewise can be configured to process the viewing content 200 in a suitable manner provide the video portion of the viewing content 200 (or video content 220) and/or the audio portion of the viewing content 200 (or audio content 230). Thereby, the processing system 120 can provide the selected video content 220 to the video system 120 for visual presentation and/or the selected audio content 230 to the audio system 130 for audible presentation.
  • In the manner discussed above, the video system 120 can be configured to visually present the selected video content 220. The video system 120 can be provided in any conventional manner and, as shown in FIG. 3A, includes a display system 122 and/or a video port 124 for coupling the video system 120 with one or more peripheral video presentation systems (not shown). Illustrative peripheral video presentation systems can include external video display systems with enhanced viewing features, such as larger viewable areas and/or higher image resolutions. As desired, the video port 124 likewise can be configured to communicate with peripheral video input devices, such as a still and/or motion picture camera system. The video system 120 preferably is suitable for presenting any conventional type of viewing content 200, including any viewing content 200 available via the portable media device 100, user instructions for accessing the content source 300, and/or a catalogue of the viewing content 200 available via the content source 300. For example, the display system 122 preferably has an appropriately-sized viewable area with sufficient resolution for visually presenting the viewing content 200.
  • Illustrative video resolutions for presenting viewing content 200, such as the movies and/or television programming, can include any color graphics adapter (CGA) resolution, enhanced graphics adapter (EGA) resolution, video graphics array (VGA) resolution, extended graphics array (XGA) resolution, super extended graphics array (SXGA) resolution, ultra extended graphics array (UXGA) resolution, and/or wide graphics array (WXGA) resolution. The video system 120 likewise can provide a graphical user interface (GUI) to facilitate interaction with the portable media device 100 and/or an interactive menu of the available viewing content 200, including viewing content 200 available via the content source 300 and/or viewing content 200, such as stored content 240 (shown in FIG. 3B), previously received by the portable media device 100. The user interface 110 thereby can provide an intuitive user interface for assisting the user in selecting viewing content 200 for presentation, for controlling the transmission of the selected viewing content 200, and/or for controlling the manner in which the selected viewing content 200 is presented by the portable media device 100.
  • The audio system 130 likewise can be provided in any conventional manner and is configured to audibly present the selected video content 220. As illustrated in FIG. 3A, includes one or more speaker systems 132 and/or audio ports 134 for coupling the audio system 130 with one or more peripheral audio presentation devices (not shown). Exemplary peripheral audio presentation devices can include headphones, speakers, and/or amplifiers. As desired, the audio port 134 likewise can be configured to communicate with peripheral audio input devices, such as a microphone and/or a compact disk player. The audio system 130 preferably is suitable for presenting any conventional type of viewing content 200, including any viewing content 200 available via the portable media device 100. For example, the audio system 130 preferably has an appropriate audio processing capabilities, such as filtering functionality and/or equalizing functionality, for audibly presenting the viewing content 200.
  • The portable media device 100 preferably has a plurality of audio ports 134 to permit the selected viewing content 200 to be audibly presented to more than one user. Multiple users thereby can simultaneously enjoy the audio portion of the selected viewing content 200 on individual sets of headphones. Further, each user can view the video portion of the selected viewing content 200 by sharing the display system 122. The audio ports 134 can be provided in any conventional manner, such as via one or more audio jacks for coupling external devices with the portable media device 100 in a wired manner. At least one of the audio ports 134 preferably is provided as a wireless communication port that is configured to support, for example, wireless audio peripheral presentation device, such as Bluetooth-capable wireless headphones in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 802.15.1.
  • The audio system 130 likewise can process the audio portion of the selected viewing content 200 in any conventional manner. Illustrative processes by which the audio system 130 can process the selected viewing content 200 to enhance the sound quality can include three-dimensional audio processing to simulate surround sound. Thereby, the selected viewing content 200 can be audibly presented in surround sound via an ordinary speaker system and/or a set of ordinary headphones. The audio system 130 likewise can provide noise cancellation processing of the audio portion to cancel any ambient noise from the audible presentation of the viewing content 200. The manner by which the audio system 130 processes the audio portion of the selected viewing content 200 preferably can be controlled by the user.
  • As shown in FIG. 3A, the user interface 110 can include an input system 170 for permitting the user (or passenger) to communicate with the portable media device 100. For example, the input system 170 can permit the user to enter one or more passenger instructions for controlling the operation of the portable media device 100. Illustrative instructions can include instructions for initiating communication with the content source 300, instructions for selecting viewing content 200 for presentation, and/or instructions for controlling the presentation of the selected viewing content 200. The input system 170 can convert each user entry into one or more communication signals, such as the content selection signal 250 and/or the presentation control signal 270, as illustrated in FIG. 3A. If a fee is required for accessing the viewing content 200, payment information likewise can be entered via the input system 170.
  • The input system 170 can be provided in any conventional manner and typically includes one or more switches (or pushbuttons) 172, such as a keyboard or a keypad, and/or a pointing device 174, such as a mouse, trackball, or stylus. As desired, the input system 170 can be at least partially integrated with, and/or separable from, the portable media device 100. The input system 170 likewise can include one or more input ports (not shown) for coupling a peripheral input device (not shown), such as a full-size computer keyboard, an external mouse, and/or a game pad, with the portable media device 100. As desired, the input system 170 can be at least partially combined with the video system 120 and/or the audio system 130.
  • For example, the switches 172 of the input system 170 and the display system 122 of the video system 120 can be at least partially combined in the form of a touch screen display system. Similarly, the display system 122 can be configured to provide visual feedback with reference to user instructions (or commands) entered via the input system 170. If selected audio properties, such as a volume level, a tone level, and/or a balance, of the audio system 130 can be controlled via the input system 170, for example, the display system 122 can visually present the current audio properties of the audio system 130. Conventional manners of presenting the audio properties of the audio system 130 include providing a separate “audio properties” window (or screen) and/or providing a series of bars in which the number of bars are presented in proportion with the current audio properties. The display system 122 can provide visual feedback for other types of user instructions (or commands), including user instructions for selected video properties, such as a brightness level and/or a contrast level, of the display system 122 and/or user instructions for controlling the transmission of the selected viewing content 200 from the content source 300.
  • Turning to FIG. 3B, the portable media device 100 is shown as including a memory system 144 for providing at least temporary storage of the viewing content 200 as stored content 240. The selected viewing content 200 from the content source 300 thereby can advantageously be buffered when the viewing content 200 is streamed to the portable media device 100 and/or can be stored as the stored content 240 for subsequent presentation, as discussed above, regardless of whether communication with the content source 300 is maintained. To help ensure the security of the viewing content 200, the viewing content 200 preferably is stored on the memory system 144 in an encrypted format in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 2A-B. Thereby, even if the portable media device 100 and/or the memory system 144 is lost or stolen, the viewing content 200 will not be readily usable.
  • Being coupled with the processing system 130, the memory system 144 preferably includes at least one integrated memory device 146 for storing and providing other conventional types of information, including instruction code, such as software or firmware, intermediate calculation results, and other information associated with the processing system 120. For example, if the viewing content 200 includes application software, such as a game, the application software can be stored in the memory device 146 and provided to the processing system 120 for execution. Preferably comprising a non-volatile memory system, the memory system 144 can comprise any conventional type of memory system, such as any suitable electronic, magnetic, and/or optical storage media, without limitation. Exemplary storage media can include one or more static random access memories (SRAMs), dynamic random access memories (DRAMs), electrically-erasable programmable read-only memories (EEPROMs), FLASH memories, hard drives (HDDs), compact disks (CDs), and/or digital video disks (DVDs) of any kind. Since the portable media device 100 preferably is provided as a portable, handheld media presentation system, the memory system 144 preferably comprises electronic memory media to help ensure that the physical dimensions and weight of the handheld system remain manageable. The portable media device 100 preferably is configured to permit viewing content 200 to be added to, modified, and/or deleted from the memory system 144 as desired.
  • As desired, the portable media device 100 can include one or more memory ports 148, such as a Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA) port, a secure digital data (SD) port, a secure multi media card (MMC) port and/or a CompactFlash (CF) port, for receiving a conventional removable memory system 144, such as a removable hard drive (HDD) system. The removable memory system 144 preferably comprises a personal memory device (PMD) for providing secure storage of the user's personal data and/or other predetermined information, including preselected viewing content. Exemplary personal memory devices can include a memory stick, a secure digital data (SD) device, a secure multi media card (MMC) device and/or a CompactFlash (CF) device.
  • Upon receiving the personal memory device (PMD), the portable media device 100 can readily access the personal data and/or other predetermined information. The portable media device 100 likewise can select viewing content 200 from among the preselected viewing content stored on the personal memory device (PMD) and can present the selected viewing content 200 in the manner discussed above. Advantageously, the personal memory device (PMD) can be removed from the memory port 148 after use of the portable media device 100 is complete. Media security can be further enhanced by enabling the use of existing, proven, and Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA) approved media distribution processes, including uploading processes and/or downloading processes, in combination with secure key methodologies.
  • The functionality of the portable media device 100 likewise can be enhanced by providing the portable media device 100 with one or more peripheral systems 180. As shown in FIG. 3B, the peripheral system 180 can include at least one conventional peripheral port 182 for removably coupling peripheral devices (not shown) with the portable media device 100. Illustrative conventional peripheral ports 182 can include Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA) ports, secure digital (SD) ports, and/or CompactFlash (CF) ports, for receiving the peripheral devices; whereas, a credit card reader system, a radio frequency identification (RFID) system, and/or a conventional camera system, including a moving picture camera system and/or a still picture camera system, are examples of conventional peripheral devices. Preselected peripheral devices 184, such as the credit card reader system and/or the camera system, likewise can be incorporated into the portable media device 100, as desired. If the peripheral system 180 comprises at output (or presentation) peripheral system, the portable media device 100 can provide the viewing content 200 or other relevant information to the peripheral system 180 for presentation in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the peripheral video presentation systems and/or the peripheral audio presentation systems. Similarly, the portable media device 100 can receive viewing content 200 or other relevant information from input peripheral systems 180, such as the peripheral video input devices and/or the peripheral audio input devices discussed above.
  • The portable media device 100 of FIG. 3B is shown as being configured to support two-way communications with the content source (shown in FIGS. 2A-B). The portable media device 100 thereby can transmit (or upload) upload content 260 as illustrated in FIG. 3B. Being provided in the manner discussed above with reference FIG. 2B, the upload content 260 can comprise viewing content 200, including selected viewing content 200 previously received from the content source 300, selected stored content 240 stored in the memory system 144, and/or selected new content, such as new content provided by the portable media device 100 and/or an associated peripheral system 180. The upload content 260 likewise can include one or more communication signals provided by the portable media device 100 and/or an associated peripheral system 180. Exemplary communication signals can include system communication signals (not shown), such as a system status signal, for the portable media device 100 and/or the associated peripheral system 180, and/or user communication signals, such as the content selection signal 250, as initiated by the user via the input system 170.
  • The transceiver system 164 can receive the upload content 260, such as the selected viewing content 200, the selected stored content 240, and/or the content selection signal 250 as shown in FIG. 3B, via the control system 140. In the manner discussed in more detail with reference to FIG. 3A, the transceiver system 164 can process the upload content 260 and can provide the processed upload content 260 to the communication port 162 for transmission. When the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 are in communication, the transceiver system 164 can transmit (or upload) the upload content 260 to the content source 300. The portable media device thereby can provide enhanced functionality, such as support for viewing content uploads and other passenger transactions, during travel.
  • One embodiment of the portable media device 100 is illustrated in FIGS. 4A-B. Being shown as a light-weight and thin entertainment portal the portable media device 100 includes a communication interface 160 and an ergonomic user interface 110 each being provided in the matter set forth in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 2A-B and 3A-B. Turning to FIGS. 4A-B, the user interface 110 permits a user (or passenger) (not shown) to intuitively interact with the portable media device 100 and, therefore, at least one content source 300 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B) and includes a video system 120, an audio system 130, and an input system 170 as discussed above. Being configured for selecting viewing content 200 (shown in FIG. 1) for presentation, for controlling the transmission of the selected viewing content 200, and/or for controlling the manner in which the selected viewing content 200 is presented, the input system 170 is illustrated as having a plurality of switches (or pushbuttons) 172 and a pointing device 174.
  • The switches (or pushbuttons) 172 are shown as including a main power switch 172A and at least one volume control switch 172B. For stored (or time-delayed) viewing content 200, a plurality of playback control switches 172C can be provided to intuitively control the presentation of the time-delayed viewing content 200. The illustrated playback control switches 172C can be used to provide rewind, play, stop (or pause), skip, and fast forward control functionality for the viewing content 200, as desired. Playback control switches 172D likewise are provided to control the presentation of live (or real-time) viewing content 200. If the real-time viewing content 200 comprises live satellite television programming and/or live satellite radio programming, for example, the playback control switches 172D can be configured to select the appropriate television channel and/or radio station. The switches 172A-D likewise can be configured to provide other preselected functions, including, for example, enhanced content presentation control functions, such as mixing, equalization, and/or muting functions, and/or content management functions, such as content transferring, editing, and/or deleting functions. As desired, the input system 410 can provide file and/or content editing functionality. The quantity, physical size, and arrangement of the switches 172A-D preferably are provided in an intuitive manner to facilitate use of the portable media device 100.
  • As discussed in more detail above, the pointing device 174 likewise can be provided in any conventional manner and preferably is provided in a manner that facilitates use of the portable media device 100. Being disposed on the portable media device 100, the pointing device 174 can be fixedly provided on the portable media device 100 as illustrated in FIG. 3A and/or can be removably coupled with the portable media device 100. The pointing device 174 is shown as comprising a plurality of control switches, including at least one directional switch 174A and at least one selection switch 174B. In the conventional manner, a cursor 174C and at least one selectable identifier 174D, such as a selectable icon, each can be presented via the video system 134B, and the directional switch 174A can be configured to move the cursor 174C in a selected direction on the video display 122 and toward the selectable identifier 174D of interest. When the cursor 174C is adjacent to the relevant selectable identifier 174D, the selection switch 174B can be activated to initiate the functionality associated with the relevant selectable identifier 174D. The user interface 110 thereby can be provided as a graphical user interface (GUI).
  • Although shown and described as comprising substantially separate switches 172 for purposes of illustration, the functions associated with the switches 172A-D can be reallocated, such as via further combining and/or separating, as desired. For example, the portable media device 100 can be configured to power up upon activation of at least one of the switches 172A-D and to automatically power down based upon any suitable predetermined criteria, such as a selected amount of time of non-use. The main power switch 172A thereby can be omitted from the portable media device 100 of FIG. 4A. The functions associated with the pointing device 174 likewise can be reallocated, such as via further combining and/or separating of the pointing device switches 174A-B, as desired. Stated somewhat differently, the functions associated with the input system 170 can be distributed among the switches 172 and/or the pointing devices 174 in any suitable manner.
  • As desired, additional control switches (not shown), such as a keyboard and/or a game pad, can be provided for use with the portable media device 100. The additional control switches can be disposed on the portable media device 100 in the manner set forth above with reference to the switches 172A-D among the plurality of switches (or pushbuttons) 172 and/or the directional switch 174A and the selection switch 174B of the pointing device 174. Similarly, the additional control switches can be configured to communicate with the portable media device 100 via one or more of the input ports and/or the peripheral ports 182 (shown in FIG. 3B) of the portable media device 100 in any conventional manner as discussed above. The additional control switches advantageously enable the portable media device 100 to be more flexibly configurable for use with a wide range of viewing content 200.
  • As discussed above, the portable media device 100 is shown in FIGS. 4A-B as including a video system 120 and an audio system 130. The video system 120 has a video display system 122, such as a high-resolution video display system, that is suitable for presenting the video portion of the selected viewing content 200. For example, the display system 122 can be a widescreen, active matrix liquid crystal display (LCD) system with at least video graphics array (VGA) resolution. The viewable area of the display system 122 typically has a minimum width that is between approximately seven inches and nine inches. Preferably, the display system 122 is a flat screen video display system to further enhance the presentation of the selected viewing content 200. As desired, the display system 122 can include a protective translucent cover (not shown). The protective translucent cover is configured to protect the viewing area of the display system 122 from damage and can be customized, for example, by tinting the cover, in whole and/or in part.
  • Being suitable for presenting the audible portion of the selected viewing content 200, the audio system 130 of the portable media device 100 can audibly present the audio portion (or selected audio content 230 as shown in FIGS. 3A-B) of the selected viewing content 200 in any conventional manner. The portable media device 100 can include one or more speaker systems 132 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B) and/or one or more audio ports 134 in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 3A-B. As shown in FIG. 4B, the portable media device 100 preferably has a plurality of audio ports 134 to permit the selected viewing content 200 to be audibly presented to more than one user. Multiple users thereby can simultaneously enjoy the audio portion of the selected viewing content 200 on individual sets of headphones. Further, each user can view the video portion of the selected viewing content 200 (or selected video content 220 as shown in FIGS. 3A-B) by sharing the display system 122. Although shown in FIG. 4B as comprising audio jacks for coupling peripheral audio presentation devices with the portable media device 100 in a wired manner, the audio ports 134 can comprise any conventional type of audio port as discussed above. At least one of the audio ports 134 preferably is provided as a wireless audio port that is configured to support, for example, wireless peripheral audio presentation device, such as Bluetooth-capable wireless headphones in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 802.15.1.
  • To help ensure a compact profile, the portable media device 100 preferably comprises a small number of components to present selected viewing content 200 streamed from the content source 300 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B). For example, the portable media device 100 can include a digital signal processing system (not shown) for facilitating presentation of the streamed viewing content 200. The digital signal processing system can be provided via the control system 140 (shown in FIG. 1) and/or the processing system 120 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B) and can include one or more microprocessors (μPs), central processing units (CPUs), digital signal processors (DSPs), and/or coder/decoders (CODECs).
  • The portable media device 100 likewise can include a memory system 144. Being provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 3B, the memory system 144 preferably has a program memory system, such as a FLASH memory system, for storing resident software applications as well as other types of application software, such as games, and data. The memory system 144 can include an optional hard drive (HDD) system. The portable media device 100 thereby can provide enhanced programming flexibility and redundant programming, such as protection against failure. As desired, viewing content 200 can be stored on the hard drive (HDD) system as stored content 240 (shown in FIG. 3B) such that the portable media device 100 is less reliant on the content source 300 for viewing content 200.
  • The portable media device 100 can be configured to operate from power provided via a battery system 190 and/or can include a power port 192 for coupling with, and receiving power from, an external power source (not shown). Although the battery system 190 can be provided in any conventional manner, including one or more separate batteries and/or battery packs, the battery system 190 can comprise a rechargeable battery system. Preferably having a short recharge time and a high charge cycle lifetime, the battery system 190 preferably is capable of providing sufficient power to operate the portable media device 100 for a long period of time. An exemplary rechargeable battery system 190 can include at least one lithium ion polymer battery that can provide a long, lasting charge of approximately eight hours or longer, that has a rapid recharge time of four hours or less, and that can be recharged over one thousand times. The life of the battery system 190 is extended by controlling the manner by which the battery system 190 is recharged and/or by providing the portable media device 100 with a small number of components as discussed above.
  • The battery system 190, if rechargeable, can be recharged externally from the portable media device 100 and/or while installed via the external power source regardless of whether the portable media device 100 is being used. As desired, the portable media device 100 can include a plurality of rechargeable battery systems 150, such that at least one of the battery systems 150 can be externally recharged while the portable media device 100 is in use. The external power source can be provided in any conventional manner, such as a power adapter, and is configured to provide alternating current (AC) power and/or direct current (D/C) power that is compatible for use with the portable media device 100. When the portable media device 100 is operating from power provided by the external power source, the rechargeable battery systems 150 likewise can provide backup power if the external power source fails. To determine whether the battery system 190 requires recharging, the portable media device 100 can include a battery power meter (not shown). The battery power meter can be provided in any conventional manner such that the status of the battery system 190 can be readily determined. For example, the battery power meter can be integrated with the main power switch 172A.
  • As illustrated in FIGS. 4A-B, the portable media device 100 can include one or more other features for facilitating its use. For example, the portable media device 100 can be disposed in an attractive housing 102 with any suitable color and/or texture. A plurality of feet 104 can be provided on the housing 102 of the portable media device 100. Being configured to help ensure the stability of the portable media device 100 when placed on a surface (not shown), the feet 104 can be disposed on the housing 102 in any suitable arrangement, number, and/or dimension. The feet 104 preferably are formed from a rubberized material and can grip the surface to enhance the stability the portable media device 100. To facilitate transport, the portable media device 100 can include a carrying handle 106 and, when not in use, can be disposed in a protective carry pouch (not shown). A plurality of openings 108 likewise can be formed in the housing 102 of the portable media device 100. The openings 108 can serve several purposes, including providing ventilation to help ensure a safe and reliable operating temperature and/or providing a convenient grip detail, for the portable media device 100.
  • Turning to FIG. 4C, the portable media device 100 is shown as including a viewing support 195. The viewing support 195 is configured to support the portable media device 100 such that the portable media device 100 can present the selected viewing content 200 in a hands-free manner. Preferably being adjustable, the viewing support 195 can support the portable media device 100 at any preselected viewing angle to accommodate users of various sizes and diverse viewing environments. The viewing support 195 is illustrated in FIG. 4C as including an extended member 196 that is adjustably coupled with the housing 102 of the portable media device 100. For example, the proximal end region of the viewing support 195 can be rotatably coupled with the housing 102 via a hinge assembly 197. The distal end region of the viewing support 195 can include one or more feet 198 to help ensure the stability of the portable media device 100 when the viewing support 195 is deployed. The feet 198 can be provided in any suitable manner, including the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the feet 104 (shown in FIGS. 4A-B).
  • The portable media device 100 likewise can include a protective cover 199 as illustrated in FIG. 4D. Being configured to provide protection for the portable media device 100 when not in use, the protective cover 199 can cover the user interface 110 (shown in FIG. 4A), in whole or in part. As shown in FIG. 4D, for example, the protective cover 199 can be configured to removably cover the display system 122 (shown in FIG. 4A) of the input system 170 (shown in FIG. 4A) and the switches (or pushbuttons) 172 (shown in FIG. 4A) and the pointing device 174 (shown in FIG. 4A) of the input system 170 (shown in FIG. 4A). As shown in FIG. 4D, the protective cover 199 and the viewing support 195 preferably incorporated. The viewing support 195 thereby can support the portable media device 100 when deployed in the manner set forth above and can protect the portable media device 100 when the portable media device 100 is not in use.
  • FIG. 5A illustrates an alternative embodiment of the portable media device 100 with an ergonomic user interface 110 provided in the matter set forth in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 2A-B and 3A-B. A user (or passenger) (not shown) thereby can intuitively interact with the portable media device 100 and, therefore, at least one content source 300 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B). As shown in FIG. 5A, the portable media device 100 can include a video system 120, an audio system 130, and an input system 170 each being provided in the manner discussed in more detail above. Being configured for selecting viewing content 200 (shown in FIG. 1) for presentation, for controlling the transmission of the selected viewing content 200, and/or for controlling the manner in which the selected viewing content 200 is presented, the input system 170 is illustrated as having a plurality of switches (or pushbuttons) 172 and a pointing device 174.
  • The user interface 110 preferably is provided as a graphical user interface (GUI) as illustrated in FIG. 5A. As set forth above, the video system 120 can include a video display system 122, such as a high-resolution video display system, that is suitable for presenting the video portion of the selected viewing content 200. The video display system 122 likewise can present an interactive hierarchical menu structure 174X for identifying and selecting viewing content 200 (shown in FIG. 1) that is available for visual and/or audio presentation by the portable media device 100. The viewing content 200 can include viewing content 200 previously received from the content source 300, stored content 240 (shown in FIG. 3B) stored in the memory system 144 (shown in FIG. 3B), and/or selected new content, such as new content provided by the portable media device 100 and/or an associated peripheral system 180 (shown in FIG. 3B). The user interface 110 thereby can facilitate the selection of viewing content 200 to be presented via the portable media device 100.
  • As illustrated in FIG. 5A, viewing content 200 can be selected for presentation by making an appropriate menu selection 174Y via the switches (or pushbuttons) 172 and/or the pointing device 174. Being provided in the intuitive manner discussed above with reference to FIGS. 4A-D, the switches 172 and/or the pointing device 174 preferably are provided in an appropriate quantity, physical size, and arrangement to facilitate use of the portable media device 100. As shown in FIG. 5A, the switches 172 can include the switches (or pushbuttons) 172X, 172Y for making the appropriate menu selection 174Y for identifying the selected viewing content. The pointing device 174 likewise can be employed to identify the selected viewing content. The audio system 130 is illustrated as including a speaker system 132 and switches (or pushbuttons) 172Y, 172Z for providing volume control.
  • In the manner discussed above with reference to FIGS. 4A-B, the switches (or pushbuttons) 172 can be provided to intuitively control the presentation of the selected viewing content 200. One or more of the switches (or pushbuttons) 172 can be used to provide rewind, play, stop (or pause), and fast forward control functionality for the selected viewing content 200, as desired. If the viewing content 200 comprises satellite television programming and/or satellite radio programming, for example, the switches 172 can be configured to select the appropriate television channel and/or radio station. Although shown and described as comprising substantially separate switches 172 for purposes of illustration, the functions associated with the switches 172X-Z can be reallocated, such as via further combining and/or separating, as desired. In other words, the functions associated with the input system 170 can be distributed among the switches 172 and/or the pointing devices 174 in any suitable manner.
  • Turning to FIGS. 5B-C, the portable media device 100 is shown as including a viewing support 195. The viewing support 195 is configured to support the portable media device 100 such that the portable media device 100 can present the selected viewing content 200 in a hands-free manner in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to FIG. 4C. Preferably being adjustable, the viewing support 195 can support the portable media device 100 at any preselected viewing angle to accommodate users of various sizes and diverse viewing environments. The viewing support 195 is illustrated in FIG. 5C as including an extended member 196 that is adjustably coupled with the housing 102 of the portable media device 100. For example, the proximal end region of the viewing support 195 can be rotatably coupled with the housing 102 via at least one hinge assembly 197. The distal end region of the viewing support 195 can include one or more feet (not shown) to help ensure the stability of the portable media device 100 when the viewing support 195 is deployed. The feet can be provided in any suitable manner, including the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the feet 198 (shown in FIG. 4C).
  • Turning to FIG. 6A, a portable media device 100 can be configured to present selected viewing content 200 provided by a plurality of content sources 300. The content sources 300A-N are shown as providing viewing content 200A-N, respectively, and can be proximate to and/or remote from, the portable media device 100. In the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 2A-B, the portable media device 100 can select the desired viewing content 200 from among the viewing content 200A-N for presentation and can present the selected viewing content 200. As desired, the portable media device 100 likewise can transmit upload content 260 (shown in FIG. 3B), such as viewing content 200 and/or system communication signals (not shown), to one or more of the content sources 300A-N as set forth above with reference to FIG. 3B. The portable media device 100 can communicate with any suitable number of content sources 300 and thereby can offer enhanced functionality by providing viewing content 200 from the plurality of content sources 300.
  • Analogously, a plurality of portable media device 100 each can be configured to present viewing content 200 provided by a selected content source 300. As shown in FIG. 6B, the selected content source 300I can provide viewing content 200IA to the portable media device 100A; whereas, the portable media devices 100B-M can receive respectively receive the viewing content 200IB-M. Being proximate to and/or remote from, the selected content source 300I, each of the portable media devices 100A-M can respectively select the desired viewing content 200IA-M from the selected content source 300I for presentation and can present the selected viewing content 200IA-M. One or more of the portable media devices 100A-M can transmit upload content 260 (shown in FIG. 3B), such as viewing content 200 and/or system communication signals (not shown), to the selected content source 300I as set forth above with reference to FIG. 3B.
  • The viewing content 200IA-M can be substantially uniform, and/or different, among the portable media devices 100A-M. For example, the viewing content 200IA available to the portable media device 100A can be based upon one or more appropriate predetermined criteria, such as a service subscription level. Based upon the service subscription level, one portion of the viewing content 200IA, such as standard viewing content 200, may be free of charge (or included with the service subscription level); whereas, other portions of the viewing content 200IA, such as premium viewing content 200, may be available only for an additional fee. If access to the premium viewing content 200 is desired, transaction information, including payment information, such as a credit card number, and/or authorization information, such as a personal identification number (PIN) or a password, can be provided by the portable media device 100. Preferably, the portable media device 100 includes a peripheral system 180 (shown in FIG. 3B), such as a credit card reader system, to facilitate the transaction and/or the payment in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to FIG. 3B.
  • Further details and features relating to the structure, operation, and functionality of the portable media device 100 are disclosed in the co-pending U.S. patent application, entitled “IN-FLIGHT ENTERTAINMENT PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT,” Ser. No. 09/952,629, filed on Sep. 11, 2001, which is assigned to the assignee of the present application and the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • The portable media device 100 and the content source 300 can be configured to communication in any conventional manner, including directly and/or indirectly via one or more wired and/or wireless communication networks (or systems). Turning to FIG. 7, for example, a plurality of portable media devices 100 are shown as communicating with a plurality of content sources 300 via a content distribution system 400. The content distribution system 400 includes a plurality of conventional access points 410 for providing wired and/or wireless access to the content distribution system 400 and/or the content sources 300. As shown in FIG. 7, the content sources 300A-N can access the content distribution system 400 via access points 410A-N; whereas, access points 410A1-M, 410B1-P are configured to provide the portable media devices 100A1-N, 100B1-P with access to the content distribution system 400. The content distribution system 400 thereby can receive viewing content 200 from a preselected content source 300 and can provide the viewing content 200, in whole and/or in part, to one or more predetermined portable media devices 100, as desired. The content distribution system 400 likewise can be configured to receive upload content 260, such as viewing content 200 and/or system communication signals (not shown), provided by a preselected portable media devices 100 in the manner set forth with reference to FIG. 3B and to provide the upload content 260, in whole and/or in part, to one or more predetermined content sources 300.
  • One or more of the content sources 300A-N can respectively transmit viewing content 200A-N to one or more of the portable media devices 100A1-M, 100B1-M as viewing content 200A1-M, 200B1-M, respectively, via the content distribution system 400. For example, viewing content 200A from the content source 300A can be provided to the content distribution system 400 and respectively distributed among the portable media devices 100A1-M as the viewing content 200A1-M in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 6B. The viewing content 200A1-M each can comprise the viewing content 200A, in whole and/or in part, and can be substantially uniform, and/or different, among the portable media devices 100A1-M. Each of the portable media devices 100A1-M can select the desired viewing content 200 from among the relevant viewing content 200A1-M, respectively, in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 2A-B. Upon selecting the viewing content 200A1-M, the portable media devices 100A1-M can present the selected viewing content 200A1-M as desired.
  • Similarly, one or more of the portable media devices 100A1-M, 100B1-M can transmit upload content 260A1-M, 260B1-M to one or more of the content sources 300A-N as upload content 260A-N, respectively, via the content distribution system 400. The upload content 260A2, 260B1, and 260BM, for example, can be provided by the portable media devices 100A2, 100B1, and 100BM to the content distribution system 400 for distribution between the content sources 300B, 300C as the upload content 260B, 260C in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 6A. As discussed above, the upload content 260B, 260C can comprise a combination of one or more of the upload content 260A1-M, 260B1-M, in whole and/or in part, and can be substantially uniform, and/or different, between the content sources 300B, 300C. Each of the portable media devices 100A1-M, 100B1-M therefore can communicate with each of the content sources 300A-N, as desired, via the content distribution system 400.
  • The content distribution system 400 can be provided as a conventional wired and/or wireless communication network, including a telephone network, a local area network (LAN), a wide area network (WAN), a campus area network (CAN), personal area network (PAN) and/or a wireless local area network (WLAN), of any kind. Exemplary wireless local area networks include wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 802.11, Bluetooth networks in accordance with Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 802.15.1, and/or wireless metropolitan-area networks (MANs), which also are known as WiMax Wireless Broadband, in accordance with IEEE Standard 802.16.
  • Preferably being configured to support high-speed data communications among the portable media devices 100A1-M, 100B1-M and the content sources 300A-N, the content distribution system 400 preferably comprises a high-speed Ethernet network, such as any type of Fast Ethernet (such as 100 Base-X and/or 100 Base-T) communication network and/or Gigabit (such as 1000 Base-X and/or 1000 Base-T) Ethernet communication network, with a typical data transfer rate of at least approximately one hundred megabits per second (100 Mbps). To achieve high data transfer rates in a wireless communications environment, free-space optics (or laser) technology, millimeter wave (or microwave) technology, and/or Ultra-Wideband (UWB) technology can be utilized to communicate with selected portable media devices 100 and/or selected content sources 300, as desired.
  • The content distribution system 400 likewise can be provided with any appropriate topology, protocol, and/or architecture. Comprising a geometric arrangement of portable media devices 100 and the content sources 300, common network topologies include mesh, star, bus, and ring network topologies. The topology of the content distribution system 400 likewise can comprise a hybrid of the common network topologies, such as a network tree topology. Network protocols define a common set of rules and signals by which the portable media devices 100 and the content sources 300 can communicate via the content distribution system 400. Illustrative types of network protocols include Ethernet and Token-Ring network protocols; whereas, peer-to-peer and client/server network architectures are examples of typical network architectures. It will be appreciated that the network system types, topologies, protocols, and architectures identified above are merely exemplary and not exhaustive.
  • As shown in FIG. 7, the portable media devices 100 can be separated into two or more device groups 105 based upon any appropriate predetermined criteria. The portable media devices 100 of FIG. 7 are shown as being separated into two device groups 105: first device group 105A; and second device group 105B. If the portable media devices 100 are associated with a vehicle 500 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B), for example, the portable media devices 100 in the first device group 105A can be associated with a first class section of the vehicle 500; whereas, the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105B can be associated with a coach class section of the vehicle 500. Similarly, the device groups 105A, 105B may be respectively associated with the operator and passengers of the vehicle 500. The functionality of the portable media devices 100 in the first device group 105A can differ from the functionality of the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105B. For example, the portable media devices 100 in the first device group 105A may be permitted to access premium content that is not available to the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105B. The portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105B likewise might be required to make payment of a fee prior to permitting access to the content source 200; whereas, the portable media devices 100 in the first device group 105A may not require payment of the fee to access the content source 200.
  • The portable media devices 100 preferably are configured to communicate. For example, the portable media devices 100 can communicate via the content distribution system 400 such that viewing content 200 can be exchanged among two or more portable media devices 100 during travel. The portable media devices 100 can be configured to communicate with other portable media devices 100 within the same device group 105, and/or portable media devices 100 in different device groups 105 can communicate. Thereby, the upload content 260B2 transmitted by the portable media device 100B2 thereby can be provided as the viewing content 200A1 provided to the portable media device 100A1 and/or as the viewing content 200BP provided to the portable media device 100BP.
  • As desired, the portable media devices 100 can be initialized in any conventional manner. For example, the portable media devices 100 can be initialized by precharging the battery system 190 (shown in FIG. 4B) of each portable media device 100 to a full charge. The portable media devices 100 likewise can be initially provided with uniform viewing content 200. The uniform viewing content 200 can be provided to the portable media devices 100 in any conventional manner and preferably is stored by the memory systems 144 (shown in FIG. 3B) as stored content 240 (shown in FIG. 3B) in the manner discussed above with reference to FIG. 3B. Each of the portable media devices 100 can receive the same uniform viewing content 200 and/or the uniform viewing content 200 can vary among the device groups 105. The portable media devices 100 within each device group 105 thereby can receive uniform viewing content 200 associated with the relevant device group 105.
  • Turning to FIGS. 8A-B, the portable media device 100 and the content source 300 can be associated with a vehicle 500 and can form a vehicle information system 510. In the manner set forth in more detail in the co-pending U.S. patent applications, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONTENT ON MOBILE PLATFORMS,” Ser. No. 11/123,327, filed on May 6, 2005, and “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PRESENTING HIGH-QUALITY VIDEO TO PASSENGERS ON A MOBILE PLATFORM,” Ser. No. 60/673,171, filed on Apr. 19, 2005, the respective disclosures of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entireties, the vehicle information system 510 can comprise a conventional information system and can be configured to be installed in any suitable type of vehicle 500. Exemplary types of vehicles can include an automobile 500A (shown in FIG. 8A), an aircraft 500B (shown in FIG. 8B), a bus, a recreational vehicle, and/or a boat, without limitation. If installed on an aircraft 500B as illustrated in FIG. 8B, for example, the vehicle information system 510 can comprise a conventional aircraft passenger in-flight entertainment system, such as the Series 2000, 3000, eFX, and/or eX2 in-flight entertainment system as manufactured by Panasonic Avionics Corporation (formerly known as Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation) of Lake Forest, Calif.
  • The vehicle information system 510 of FIG. 8A is illustrated as being installed in an automobile 500A and as including a conventional media server system 520. In the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 7, the media server system 520 is configured to communicate with one or more portable media devices 100 via a distribution system 400. The media server system 520 thereby can provide viewing content 200 to one or more of the portable media devices 100 as previously discussed with reference to the content source 300. Stated somewhat differently, the media server system 520 of the vehicle information system 510 can function as a content source 300. As desired, the media server system 520 likewise can receive upload content 260 from one or more of the portable media devices 100 as discussed above. By using the portable media devices 100, passengers traveling aboard the automobile 500A therefore can enjoy the viewing content 200 during travel.
  • As shown in FIG. 8A, the portable media devices 100 can be associated with passenger seats 600 in the automobile 500A. For example, a driver seat 600A is provided with a selected portable media device 100 that is associated with a first device group 105A; whereas, the remaining passenger seats 600B are provided with selected portable media devices 100 that are associated with a second device group 105B. In the manner discussed with regard to FIG. 7, the functionality and/or viewing content associated with the portable media device 100 in the first device group 105A can be substantially the same as, and/or differ from, the functionality and/or viewing content associated with the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105B. Since the driver needs to pay attention to the road, for instance, the portable media device 100 in the first device group 105A likely does not include a video system 120 (shown in FIG. 3A-B); whereas, the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105B can include video systems 120. Similarly, the input system 170 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B) for the portable media device 100 in the first device group 105A can be configured to mute the audio systems 130 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B) for each of the portable media devices 100 in the automobile 500A. Advantageously, the portable media devices 100 can present the selected viewing content 200 and/or to provide the upload content 260 without any additional equipment being installed at the passenger seats 600.
  • FIG. 8B illustrates the vehicle information system 510 as being installed in an aircraft 500B. As shown in FIG. 8B, the vehicle information system 510 includes a media server system 520 and a plurality of portable media devices 100 each being provided in the manner set forth in more detail above. Being disposed within the aircraft 500B, the media server system 520 is configured to function as a content source 300, such as content source 300A, and can communicate with one or more of the portable media devices 100 via a distribution system 400 as discussed above. In the manner set forth with reference to the media server 520 (shown in FIG. 8A), the media server system 520 of FIG. 8B can provide viewing content 200A to one or more of the portable media devices 100 as previously discussed with reference to the content source 300 and can receive upload content 260A from one or more of the portable media devices 100. Passengers traveling aboard the aircraft 500B thereby can enjoy the viewing content 200A provided by the media server system 520 during travel.
  • The vehicle information system 510 likewise can be configured to communicate with one or more content sources 300, such as a terrestrial content source 300B, that are external to, and/or remote from, the aircraft 500B. The vehicle information system 510 and the terrestrial content source 300B can communicate in any conventional wireless manner, including directly and/or indirectly via an intermediate communication system 560, such as a satellite communication system 560′. As desired, the terrestrial content source 300B can be configured to communicate with, and exchange with viewing content 200 and/or upload content 260 with, other terrestrial content sources (not shown). The terrestrial content source 300B is shown in FIG. 8B as providing access to the Internet 565. Although shown and described as comprising the satellite communication system 560′ for purposes of illustration, it is understood that the communication system 560 can comprise any conventional type of wireless communication system, such as a cellular communication system (not shown) and/or an Aircraft Ground Information System (AGIS) communication system (not shown).
  • As shown in FIG. 8B, the vehicle information system 510 can include a conventional antenna system 530 and transceiver system 540 for communicating with the terrestrial content source 300B. In the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to the communication interface 160 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B), the antenna system 530 can receive viewing content 200B from the terrestrial content source 300B and provide the received viewing content 200B, as processed by the transceiver system 540, to a computer system 550 of the vehicle information system 510. Being in communication with the content distribution system 400, the computer system 550 can provide the received viewing content 200B to the media server system 520 and/or to one or more of the portable media devices 100, as desired. Although shown and described as being separate systems for purposes of illustration, the computer system 550 and the media server system 520 can be at least partially integrated.
  • The vehicle information system 510 is shown in FIG. 8B as being configured to transmit upload content 260B to the terrestrial content source 300B. In the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the communication interface 160 (shown in FIG. 3B), one or more of the portable media devices 100 and/or the media server system 520 can provide upload content 260B to the computer system 550 and provide the upload content 260B, as processed by the transceiver system 540, to the antenna system 530. The antenna system 530 is illustrated as transmitting the upload content 260B to the satellite communication system 560′, which relays the upload content 260B to the terrestrial content source 300B as discussed above. The portable media devices 100 thereby can modify, append, and/or delete content from the terrestrial content source 300B, as desired.
  • In the manner set forth above with reference to the portable media devices 100 (shown in FIG. 8A), the portable media devices 100 can be associated with passenger seats 600 in the aircraft 500B. Passenger seats 600A are shown as comprising seats reserved for the flight crew; whereas, passenger seats 600B, 600C comprise seats for other passengers, such as travelers. As shown in FIG. 8B, the portable media devices 100 can be separated into three device groups 105A, 105B, and 105C. For example, the passenger seats 600A reserved for the flight crew can be provided with at least one selected portable media device 100 that is associated with a first device group 105A. The remaining passenger seats 600B, 600C are separated into first class passenger seats 600B and coach class passenger seats 600C. The selected portable media devices 100 that are associated with the first class passenger seats 600B are associated with the second device group 105B; whereas, the selected portable media devices 100 that are associated with the coach class passenger seats 600C are associated with the third device group 105C in the manner set forth above.
  • The functionality and/or the viewing content 200 associated with the portable media devices 100 can be substantially uniform, and/or differ, among the device groups 105A, 105B, and 105C. In the manner set forth above with reference to FIG. 8A, the input system 170 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B) for the portable media devices 100 in the first device group 510A can be configured to mute the audio systems 130 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B) for each of the portable media devices 100 in the aircraft 500B. The functionality and/or the viewing content 200 associated with the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105B likewise can be substantially uniform with, and/or differ from, the functionality and/or viewing content associated with the portable media devices 100 in the third device group 105C. In the manner discussed above, the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105B can, for example, access premium content that is not available to the portable media devices 100 in the third device group 105C. The portable media devices 100 in the third device group 105C likewise can require a fee to be paid prior to permitting access to some, or substantially all, of the viewing content 200 available on one or more predetermined content sources 300; whereas, the portable media devices 100 in the second device group 105B may be able to access substantially all of the available viewing content 200 available on the content sources 300 without requiring payment of the fee.
  • As desired, the portable media devices 100 in one or more selected device groups 105A, 105B, and 105C may be configured to select and present viewing content 200 associated with geography, such as a destination of the vehicle 500 and/or other points of interest, that may, or may not, be related to the travel route of the vehicle 500. For example, passengers can select and view viewing content 200 relating to hotel accommodations and/or a map of the destination city. If the destination is an airport terminal, information, such as arrival and departure times and gate information, for other flights may be provided to assist the passenger with making his connecting flight or with meeting others who are arriving at the airport terminal on different flights.
  • FIGS. 9A-B provide a view of a passenger cabin 570 of a vehicle 500, such as the automobile 500A (shown in FIG. 8A) and/or the aircraft 500B (shown in FIG. 8B). The passenger cabin 570 is illustrated as including a plurality of passenger seats 600 and at least one access point 410 for access to one or more content sources 300 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B) via the content distribution system 400. Thereby, the portable media devices 100 of FIGS. 9A-B can present selected viewing content 200 from, and/or transmit upload content 260 to, the content sources 300 in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to FIG. 7. The portable media devices 100 can function to supplement a video presentation system 572, such as an overhead cabin video system 572A and/or seatback viewing systems 572B, and an audio presentation system 574, such as an overhead speaker system 574A, of the vehicle information system 510 as shown in FIG. 9A and/or can be configured to replace the video presentation system 572 and/or an audio presentation system 574 as illustrated in FIG. 9B.
  • Being provided in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 3A-B, 4A-D, and 5A-C, the portable media devices 100 are illustrated as including a video system 120, an audio system 130, and an input system 170. Each of the portable media devices 100 likewise includes a communication interface 160 for facilitating communication with at least one of the content sources 300 via a relevant access point 410. The access points 410 of the content distribution system 400 can be distributed throughout the passenger cabin 570 in any suitable manner such that each passenger seat 600 is within a coverage area of at least one access point 410. The entire passenger cabin 570 preferably is within a coverage area of one or more access points 410. Thereby, if the access points 410 comprise wireless access points, the portable media devices 100 can maintain communication with the content sources 300 when the portable media devices 100 are carried about the passenger cabin 570. Stated somewhat differently, the passenger cable 570 can comprise a wireless hot spot, such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) hot spot and/or a Bluetooth hot spot.
  • Turning to FIG. 9A, for example, each passenger seat 600 is shown as including an individual access point 410. In particular, passenger seat 600W is associated with access point 410W; whereas, passenger seat 600X therefore is associated with access point 410X. The access points 410W, 410X is illustrated as being provided on arm rests 610 of the respective passenger seats 600W, 600×. The access point 410W is a wireless access point that is configured to communicate with a portable media device 100, such as portable media device 100W, that includes a wireless communication interface 160. The portable media device 100X is shown as having a wireless communication interface 160 that is coupled with, and configured to communicate with, the wired access point 410X via a communication cable 580. Although shown and described as being uniformly provided on the arm rests 610 of the passenger seats 600W, 600X for purposes of illustration, the access points 410 can be associated with the passenger seats 600 in any conventional manner, including in a manner that is uniform and/or different among the passenger seats 600.
  • Access points 410Y, 410Z of FIG. 9B each have coverage areas that include a plurality of passenger seats 600, including passenger seats 600Y, 600Z, respectively. Stated somewhat differently, the passenger cabin 570 and/or the passenger seats 600 can be divided into a plurality of seat zones (not shown) based upon any suitable predetermined criteria. If the seat zones are related to seat class, for example, the passenger seats 600, such as passenger seat 600Y, in a first seat group 605Y can be associated with a first class seat zone (or section) of the vehicle 500; whereas, the passenger seats 600, such as passenger seat 600Z, in a second seat group 605Z can be associated with a coach class seat zone (or section) of the vehicle 500. Therefore, the vehicle information system 510 can provide access to the content sources 300 (shown in FIG. 7) via the access point 410Y to the portable media devices 100, such as portable media device 100Y, that are used in the passenger seats 600, such as passenger seat 600Y, in the first seat group 605Y. Similarly, the portable media devices 100, such as portable media device 100Z, that are used in the passenger seats 600, such as passenger seat 600Z, in the second seat group 605Z receive access via the access point 410Z. The portable media devices 100 thereby can receive viewing content 200 in accordance with the associated seat group 605 in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to the device groups 105 (shown in FIG. 7).
  • The passenger seats 600 likewise can provide in-seat power for the portable media devices 100. As shown in FIG. 9B, each passenger seat 500 can include a power port 595 for providing power, having a predetermined voltage level and/or a predetermined current level, that is suitable for the portable media device 100. Preferably being primarily powered by a battery system 190 (shown in FIG. 4B), the portable media devices 100 can receive in-seat power via a power cable 590 that couples the power port 595 with a power port 192 of the portable media device 100. Although shown and described as being provided on the arm rest 610 of the passenger seat 600Z for purposes of illustration, the power port 595 can be associated with the passenger seats 600 in any conventional manner, including in a manner that is uniform and/or different among the passenger seats 600.
  • The battery system 190 can be periodically replaced and/or recharged as necessary. For example, one or more selected cabin compartments (not shown) in the passenger cabin 570 can be designated for use with the portable media device 100. The cabin compartment can include a battery charging system (not shown) for recharging the battery system 190 of the portable media device 100 during periods of non-use. The battery charging system can be provided in any conventional manner, including the manner set forth above with reference to the battery charging system 834 (shown in FIGS. 13A, 14, and 15A-B). The passenger entertainment system 500 likewise can include two sets of portable media devices 100. The battery systems 190 of one set of portable media devices 100 can be recharged while the other set of portable media devices 100 is in use. In the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 4C-D, the portable media device 100 likewise can include a protective cover 199 (shown in FIG. 4D) that can flip back and serve as a viewing support 195 (shown in FIGS. 4C-D). The portable media device 100 thereby can function as a setback tray.
  • When no longer in use, the portable media device 100 can be stored at the passenger seat 600 and/or at an adjacent passenger seat 600. For example, the portable media device 100 can be placed in a storage pocket 620, such as storage pocket 620Z, formed in the passenger seat 600 as shown in FIG. 9B. The storage pocket 620 likewise can be provided on a seatback 630 and/or a headrest 640 of the adjacent passenger seat 600. The storage pocket 620Y is illustrated as being formed on the seatback 630 of the passenger seat 600Y.
  • As desired, the portable media device 100 likewise can be disposed on a mounting surface, such as the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640, of the adjacent passenger seat 600 during use. When disposed on the mounting surface, the portable media device 100 preferably is supported by a mounting system 700, 750 (shown in FIGS. 10A-J and 11A-F). The mounting system 700, 750 can be provided in any conventional manner and preferably includes a main body member, a seat interface system for coupling the main body member with the mounting surface; and a device interface system for removably coupling the main body member with housing 102 of the portable media device 100. The mounting system 700, 750 preferably is configured to adjust a predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the mounting surface of the passenger seat 600. The portable media device 100 thereby can be advantageously configured for hands-free operation.
  • FIG. 10A, for example, shows an exemplary mounting system 700 for mounting a portable media device 100 on a headrest 640 (and/or a seatback 630) of a passenger seat 600. The mounting system 700 of FIG. 10A comprises a foam pad 700A with a first preformed channel 710A for receiving and engaging the headrest 640 and a second preformed channel 720A for receiving and engaging the portable media device 100. The mounting system 700 likewise can be provided as a foam wedge 700A′ that can include a clip assembly 730A for engaging the headrest 640 and an inclined surface 720 for engaging the portable media device 100. Advantageously, the foam pad 700A and the foam wedge 700A′ can be sufficiently buoyant for use as a floatation device in case of a water landing.
  • Turning to FIG. 10B, the mounting system 700 can be provided as a metal platform 700B. The metal platform 700B includes a main body member 710B for supporting the portable media device 100. The main body member 710B is coupled with a clip assembly 720B for engaging the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600 and a support member 730B upon which the portable media device 100 can rest. The main body member 710B can support the portable media device 100 at an adjustable predetermined viewing angle relative to the seatback 630 of the passenger seat 600. The clip assembly 720B and the support member 730B are shown as being rotatably coupled with the main body member 710B such that the main body member 710B can be retracted when not in use.
  • The mounting system 700C of FIG. 10C has a main body member 710C that is coupled with a clip assembly 720C for engaging the headrest 640 and a rotating support member (or panel) 730C for receiving and engaging the portable media device 100. The rotating support member (or panel) 730C can rotate relative to the main body member 710C such that the portable media device 100 can be supported at an adjustable predetermined viewing angle relative to the seatback 630. FIG. 10D illustrates a mounting system 700D with a main body member 710D that is coupled with a clip assembly 720D for engaging the headrest 640. The main body member 710D forms a groove 730D for receiving and adjustably engaging the portable media device 100. The mounting system 700D thereby can support the portable media device 100 at an adjustable predetermined viewing angle relative to the seatback 630 as discussed above.
  • Turning to FIG. 10E, a mounting system 700E is shown that includes a first mounting member 710E for coupling with the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600. A second mounting member 720E is configured to cooperate with, and engage, the first mounting member 710E and can couple with the portable media device 100. As shown in FIG. 10E, the second mounting member 720E can couple with the portable media device 100 via an intermediate member 730E, such as a soft hook device. The mounting system 700F of FIG. 10F has a main body member 710F that is pliable and can engage the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600. The main body member 710F can include a plurality of magnetic structures 720F, 730F, and a plurality of corresponding magnetic structures 720F′, 730F′ can be disposed on the housing 102 of the portable media device 100. The magnetic structures 720F, 720F′ are illustrated as being attracting magnetic structures with opposite polarities for supporting the portable media device 100; whereas, the magnetic structures 730F, 730F′ are shown as being repelling magnetic structures with same polarities for providing the predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the seatback 630.
  • FIG. 10G shows a mounting system 700G with a main body member 710G that can engage the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600. The mounting system 700G likewise can form a gap 720G between the main body member 710G and the seatback 630 for receiving and adjustably engaging the portable media device 100 as illustrated in FIG. 10G. The mounting system 700G thereby can support the portable media device 100 at any adjustable predetermined viewing angle relative to the seatback 630 as discussed above. Turning to FIG. 10H, a mounting system 700H is shown that comprises a main body member 710G for engaging the headrest 640. The main body member 710G can form a channel 720H for receiving the portable media device 100. When the portable media device 100 is installed in the channel 720H, the user interface 110 of the portable media device 100 is accessible via an appropriately-sized opening formed in the main body member 710G. In the manner set forth above, the main body member 710G can be rotatable relative to the seatback 630 to provide any predetermined viewing angle.
  • Turning to FIGS. 10I-J, the mounting systems 700I, 700J are shown as including respective main body members 710I, 710J. The main body members 710I, 710J are pliable and can engage the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600. The main body member 710I is configured to support the portable media device 100 by wrapping itself around at least a portion of the portable media device 100; whereas, the main body member 710J is shown as being coupled with at least one support strap 720J for receiving and supporting the portable media device 100. As discussed above, the mounting systems 700I, 700J each can form a predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the seatback 630 in any suitable manner. For example, the mounting system 700J is illustrated as including an inflatable member 730J, such as a balloon, for adjusting the predetermined viewing angle.
  • Similarly, exemplary mounting systems 750 for mounting a portable media device 100 on a seatback 630 (and/or a headrest 640) of a passenger seat 600 are illustrated in FIGS. 11A-F. The mounting system 750 of FIG. 11A comprises a main body member 760A for receiving and engaging the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600. A support member 770A is formed by the main body member 760A and can engage and support the portable media device 100. Being formed from a pliable material, the support member 770A can bend relative to the main body member 760A to form an adjustable predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the seatback 630.
  • Turning to FIG. 11B, a mounting system 750B is shown that includes a main body member 760B that is adjustably coupled with a plurality of opposing support members 770B. The main body member 760B can couple with the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600. The support members 770B are configured to cooperatively engage the portable media device 100. As shown in FIG. 11B, the portable media device 100 can be disposed between pairs of the support members 770B, which can adjustably couple with the portable media device 100 to provide the predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the seatback 630. The mounting system 750C of FIG. 11C has a main body member 760C for engaging the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600. The main body member 760C is coupled with a support member 770C that can be received within, and engaged by, a cooperating opening 780C formed in the housing 102 of the portable media device 100. The portable media device 100 thereby can be supported by the mounting system 750C. By adjustably coupling the main body member 760C and the support member 770C, the predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the seatback 630 can be adjustable.
  • FIG. 11D shows a mounting system 750D with an elongate body member 760D that can engage the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the passenger seat 600. An end region of the elongate body member 760D includes a connector assembly 770D for coupling with a cooperating connector assembly 780 provided on the housing 102 of the portable media device 100. The mounting system 750D thereby can adjustably support the portable media device 100 in the manner set forth above. Turning to FIG. 11E, a mounting system 750E is shown that comprises a main body member 760E for engaging the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640. The main body member 760E is coupled with a flexible body member 770E having opposite end regions 780E′, 780E″ and a central region 790E for coupling with the portable media device 100. As shown in FIG. 11E, one end region 780E′ of the flexible body member 770E is adjustably coupled with the main body member 760E; whereas, the other end region 780E″ is fixedly coupled with the main body member 760E. By adjusting a distance between the end regions 780E′, 780E″ of the flexible body member 770E, the predetermined viewing angle formed between the portable media device 100 and the seatback 630 can be adjusted.
  • Although exemplary embodiments have been shown and described with reference to FIGS. 10A-J and 11A-E for purposes of illustration, the portable media device 100 can be disposed on the seatback 630 and/or the headrest 640 of the adjacent passenger seat 600 in any conventional manner. As desired, the mounting system 700, 750 can include indicia, such as textual indicia 755, for providing advertising information. As shown in FIG. 11F, the textual indicia 755 can promote and/or encourage use of the portable media device 100. The indicia 755 can be provided on the mounting system 700, 750 in any suitable manner.
  • A device management system 800 for managing, and/or providing logistics support for, one or more of the portable media devices 100 is illustrated in FIG. 12. The device management system 800 can manage the portable media devices 100 in any conventional manner and can be provided in any conventional manner, such as via one or more hardware components and/or software components. As discussed above with reference to FIG. 3B, the portable media device 100 can include one or more peripheral systems 180 (shown in FIG. 3B). Advantageously, the portable media device 100 can be provided with a device identification system 810 for exchanging device identification data 820 with a device management interface 830, which, in turn, can exchange management data 840 with a device management database system 850, as shown in FIG. 12.
  • Various device parameters, such as location, status, contents, performance data, and/or usage statistics, of the portable media device 100 thereby can be monitored via the device management system 800. By monitoring the device parameters, the device management database system 850 can maintain a historical record for the portable media device 100 and can provide management data 840, such as one or more device configuration instructions, for configuring the portable media device 100 for future use. Stated somewhat differently, the device management system 800 can be configured to initialize the portable media device 100 for use in the manner discussed in more detail above.
  • The device identification system 810 can be provided in any conventional manner and is illustrated in FIG. 12 as including an identification communication port 812 for communicating with the device management interface 830, a compatible identification transceiver system 814 for receiving and/or transmitting the identification data 820, and an identification memory system 816 for storing the identification data 820. In the manner discussed in more detail above regarding the communication port 162 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B), the identification communication port 812 can comprise a wired communication port for supporting wired communications and/or a wireless communication port for supporting wireless communications over one or more communication frequencies. The identification transceiver system 814 can be provided in the manner set forth above with reference to the transceiver system 164 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B); whereas, the identification memory system 816 can be provided in the manner discussed above with regard to the memory system 144 (shown in FIG. 3B). The device identification system 810, in whole and/or in part, can be provided as a peripheral system 180 and/or can be at least partially incorporated into the portable media device 100. For example, the identification memory system 816 can be separate from, or at least partially incorporated with, the memory system 144.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the device management system 800 can be provided as a conventional radio frequency identification (RFID) system, wherein the device identification system 810 can comprise a RFID tag system, and the device management interface 830 can be provided as a RFID reader/computer system. If the device identification system 810 is provided as a passive RFID tag system, for example, the identification transceiver system 814 can comprise a radio frequency ID transponder, which conforms to the principles of RFID technology, and the identification communication port 812 can be provided as a tag antenna system. The identification communication port 812 can be coupled with the identification transceiver system 814 and typically comprises a microchip antenna system using well-known coil-on-chip technology in the conventional manner as set forth in more detail in U.S. Pat. No. 6,892,052, issued to Kotola et al., the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • The identification memory system 816 can include an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM) system that can be configured to store device identification data 820 associated with the portable media device 100. Illustrative device identification data 820 can include a serial number of the portable media device 100, a serial number of the battery system 190 (shown in FIG. 4B), an identity of the owner of the portable media device 100, and/or information regarding the media content 200 (shown in FIG. 7) stored by the portable media device 100. The device identification system 810 thereby can receive a download identification data 822, such as an interrogation signal, from the device management interface 830 and can separate the radio-frequency (RF) energy from the received download identification data 822. The energy captured by the identification communication port 812 can be processed by the identification transceiver system 814, which can respond by transmitting an upload identification data 824 to the device management interface 830 to initiate one or more device management system operations.
  • The device identification data 820 can comprise a wide range of information about the portable media device 100 and/or one or more individual components of the portable media device 100, such as the battery system 190. In addition to identifying the portable media device 100, the device identification data 820 can include status (and/or performance) information for the portable media device 100 and/or historical maintenance information, such as a date and/or a location where the portable media device 100 was last serviced. Similarly, status (and/or performance) information, such as a current battery charge level and/or a number of charging cycles, can be provided for the battery system 190. The device identification data 820 likewise can include information about the viewing content 200 stored by the portable media device 100. The device identification data 820 can include, for example, a date and/or a location where the current viewing content 200 was loaded onto the portable media device 100 and/or a date period and/or a catalogue (or content listing) of the current viewing content 200. One or more active content sets for the viewing content 200 can be identified and/or selected by the device identification data 820. As desired, the device identification data 820 likewise can include usage information, such as cycle usage and/or a date for any user data offloads, of the portable media device 100 and/or transactional information, such as any user billing information.
  • Being configured to facilitate communication between the portable media device 100 and the device management database system 850, the device management interface 830 can include a portable (or handheld) system and/or a substantially fixed system. When the portable media device 100 is in communication with the device management interface 830, the device management interface 830 can receive the upload identification data 824 transmitted by the portable media device 100. The upload identification data 824 can include current device configuration information, such as identification data 820 currently stored in the identification memory system 816 and/or upload content 260, such as status (or performance) information regarding the portable media device 100 and/or the viewing content 200 (or the stored content 240) (shown in FIG. 3B) currently stored in the memory system 144 (shown in FIG. 3B). The information about the viewing content 200 (or the stored content 240) currently stored in the memory system 144 can be provided as a current content catalogue (not shown) for the portable media device 100.
  • The device management interface 830 can provide the upload identification data 824 to the device management database system 850 as the upload management data 844 as illustrated in FIG. 12. In the manner set forth in more detail above, the device management interface 830 and the device management database system 850 can communicate in any conventional manner, including via wired and/or wireless communications. The device management database system 850 can maintain a historical record for each portable media device 100. The historical records of the device management database system 850 can include information derived from the identification data 820 from the device identification system 810 and/or the content catalogue from the memory system 144 of each portable media device 100 in the device management database system 850. Upon receiving the upload management data 844, the device management database system 850 can process the upload management data 844 to update (and/or append) the historical records for the portable media device 100 in accordance with the information provided with the upload management data 844.
  • For example, the device management database system 850 can process the upload management data 844 to determine whether the portable media device 100 is a new portable media device 100. For new portable media devices 100, the device management database system 850 can create new records; whereas, existing historical records associated with any portable media devices 100 that have been removed from the device management system 800 due, for example, to loss, theft, and/or obsolescence, can be maintained, archived, and/or deleted, as desired. The device management database system 850 likewise can update (and/or append) the historical records to include the current device configuration information, such as identification data 820 from the identification memory system 816 and/or the upload content 260, such as status (or performance) information regarding the portable media device 100 and/or the viewing content 200 (or the stored content 240) currently stored in the memory system 144. The device management database system 850 thereby can update (and/or append) the historical records to include the current device status and configuration of the portable media device 100.
  • The device management database system 850 likewise can provide download management data 842 that can include instructions for configuring the portable media device 100 for future use. Illustrative download management data 842 can include one or more device configuration instructions, such as at least one instruction for updating the identification data 820 stored in the identification memory system 816 and/or at least one instruction for updating the viewing content 200 (or the stored content 240) stored in the memory system 144. The device management database system 850 can transmit the download management data 842 to the device management interface 830. Upon receiving the download management data 842, the device management interface 830 can execute the device configuration instructions included with the received download management data 842. The portable media device thereby can be configured for future use in accordance with the device configuration instructions.
  • If the download management data 842 includes one or more instructions for updating the identification data 820 stored in the identification memory system 816, the device management interface 830 can provide the instructions for updating the identification memory system 816 to the portable media device 100 as the download identification data 822. The device identification system 810 can receive the download identification data 822 and update the identification memory system 816 in accordance with the download identification data 822. The download management data 842 likewise can include one or more instructions for updating the content catalogue stored in the memory system 144. Upon receiving the download management data 842, the device management interface 830 can process the download management data 842 and can transmit viewing content 200 to the portable media device 100 in accordance with the instructions for updating the content catalogue. The transmitted viewing content 200 can be stored via the memory system 144 in the manner discussed above. The portable media device 100 thereby can be configured for future use.
  • Turning to FIG. 13A, the device management system 800 is illustrated as including a device management interface 830 with a device interface docking station 832 for receiving a selected portable media device 100. Communications between the portable media device 100 and the device interface docking station 832 preferably are initiated automatically when the portable media device 100 is coupled with the device interface docking station 832. The device interface docking station 832 can include a power communication port 832A, a content communication port 832B, and/or an identification communication port 832C. Being provided in the manner discussed above with reference to the power port 595 (shown in FIG. 9B), the power communication port 832A is configured to cooperate with the power port 192 of the portable media device 100 and is in communication with a battery charging system 834. The battery charging system 834 can provide power 834, having predetermined voltage and/or current characteristics that are suitable for charging the battery system 190 of the portable media device 100.
  • The content communication port 832B of the device interface docking station 832 is configured to communicate with the communication port 162 of the portable media device 100 and can be provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the communication port 162 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B). Thereby, the device interface docking station 832 can receive upload content 260 from the memory system 144 and/or provide viewing content 200 to the memory system 144. The identification communication port 832C is configured to receive upload identification data 824 from, and/or provide download identification data 822 to, the device identification system 810 of the portable media device 100. Being provided in the manner discussed above with reference to the identification communication port 812 (shown in FIG. 12), the identification communication port 832C can communicate with the identification communication port 812 and, therefore, with the identification memory system 816 of the portable media device 100.
  • The device management interface 830 likewise can include an interface content source 836 and/or an interface memory system 838 as illustrated in FIG. 13A. The interface content source 836 can be provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the content source 300 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B); whereas, the interface memory system 838 can be provided in the manner discussed above with reference to the memory system 144 (shown in FIG. 3B). As desired, the interface memory system 838 can provide at least temporary storage for the download management data 842 and/or the download identification data 822, for example, while the device management interface 830 is processing the download management data 842. The interface memory system 838 likewise can provide at least temporary storage for the upload identification data 824 received from the device identification system 810 of the portable media device 100 pending transmission of the upload management data 844 to the device management database system 850. Stated somewhat differently, the interface memory system 838 can function a buffer system for the download identification data 822, the upload identification data 824, the download management data 842, and/or the upload management data 844.
  • Similarly, the interface content source 836 can provide a buffer system for viewing content 200 and/or upload content 260 to be exchanged between the portable media device 100 and the device management system 800. In the manner discussed above with reference to FIG. 12, the upload identification data 824 can include information about the content catalogue currently stored in the memory system 144 of the portable media device 100. The information about the stored content 240, including upload content 260, can be at least temporarily stored by the interface content source 836. The download management data 842 likewise can include one or more instructions for updating the content catalogue stored in the memory system 144. If the current content catalogue is to be updated with new viewing content 200, the interface content source 836 can provide at least temporary storage for the viewing content 200 prior to transmission of the viewing content to the memory system 144 in the manner set forth in more detail above.
  • If the download management data 842 includes instructions for updating the content catalogue of the memory system 144, the instructions can comprise instructions for providing the selected viewing content from the interface content source 836. Alternatively, and/or in addition, the instructions for updating the content catalogue can include the selected viewing content 200. As shown in FIG. 13A, for example, the device management database system 850 can be associated with a database content source 852 for providing the selected viewing content 200 for updating the content catalogue of the memory system 144. The database content source 852 can be provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to the content source 300 (shown in FIGS. 2A-B). Preferably, if viewing content 200 is to be downloaded to a plurality of portable media devices 100, the database content source 852 can transfer a copy of the selected viewing content 200 to the interface content source 836 for downloading to each of the portable media devices 100. In other words, the database content source 852 can comprise a global content source 300; whereas, the interface content source 836 can comprise a local content source 300. Data transfer time thereby can be reduced. In the manner discussed above with reference to FIG. 3B, the upload content 260 provided by the portable media device 100 can be stored, in whole and/or in part, in the database content source 852 and/or in the interface content source 836.
  • The operation of the device management system 800 is discussed with reference to the exemplary method 860 for managing a set of portable media devices 100 as shown in FIG. 13B. Although shown and described as comprising as a selected sequence of operations 860A-O for purposes of illustration, the device management system 800 can manage the set of portable media devices 100 in any suitable manner. The exemplary method 860 begins at 860A. At 860B, the device management system 800 is shown as receiving the set of portable media devices 100. One of the portable media devices 100 is selected at 860C, and, at 860D, the selected portable media device 100 is disposed on the device interface docking station 832 in the manner discussed above.
  • When the selected portable media device 100 is disposed on the device interface docking station 832, the power port 192 of the selected portable media device 100 can couple with the cooperating power communication port 832A of the device interface docking station 832. The battery charging system 834 thereby can begin to charge the battery system 190 of the selected portable media device 100, at 860E. Although the battery system 190 can be charged in any conventional manner, the battery charging system 834 preferably quick-charges the battery system 190. The downtime of the selected portable media device 100 thereby can be reduced.
  • The communication port 162 and the identification communication port 812 of the selected portable media device 100 and the content communication port 832B and the identification communication port 832C of the device interface docking station 832 likewise can respectively communicate. Thereby, the selected portable media device 100 can provide one or more predetermined device parameters, including selected identification parameters, such as a device serial number, and/or selected device status (or performance) parameters, such as offload usage statistics, a current content catalogue, an active content catalogue, and/or a current charge level on the battery system 190, to the device management interface 830 in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 12. As set forth above, the device management interface 830 can provide the predetermined device parameters from the selected portable media device 100 to the device management database system 850 as the download management data 842, at 860F.
  • Upon receiving the download management data 842, the device management database system 850 can update the historical records for the selected portable media device 100 to include the information included in the download management data 842 as discussed above with regard to FIG. 12. The device management database system 850 likewise can provide download management data 842 that can include instructions for configuring the portable media device 100 for future use. At 860G, the device management database system 850 can provide the download management data 842 to the device management interface 830. The device management interface 830, in turn, can configure the selected portable media device 100 in accordance with the instructions associated with the download management data 842. In the manner discussed above, the download management data 842 likewise can include selected media content 200 for updating the content catalogue of the selected portable media device 100, which selected media content 200 can be at least temporarily stored via the interface content source 836.
  • The device management interface 830 therefore, at 860H, can provide the selected media content 200 to the selected portable media device 100 in accordance with the instructions associated with the download management data 842. In the manner discussed above, the device management interface 830 likewise can update the device identification system 810 by providing the download identification data 822. Upon receiving the selected media content 200 and/or the download identification data 822, the selected portable media device 100 can provide a confirmation of receipt to the device management database system 850, at 860I, in the manner set forth above. The confirmation of receipt can comprise a quality check to validate that the selected portable media device 100 has been loaded with the correct viewing content 200. As discussed above with reference to the predetermined device parameters, the confirmation of receipt likewise can include one or more predetermined device parameters, including selected identification parameters, such as a device serial number, and/or selected device status (or performance) parameters, such as a current content catalogue, an active content catalogue, a current charge level on the battery system 190, and/or a “device ready” status parameter. The device management database system 850 preferably updates the historical record for the portable media device to include at least a portion of the information included with the confirmation of receipt.
  • Since the confirmation of receipt preferably includes the current charge level on the battery system 190, the device management database system 850, at 860J, can determine whether the battery system 190 of the selected portable media device 100 has received a full charge. If the battery system 190 is not fully charged, the device management database system 850 can permit the battery system 190 to continue to charge, at 860K. The device management database system 850 thereafter can periodically request an updated current charge level on the battery system 190, at 860J, to determine whether the battery system 190 has received a full charge. Once the current charge level on the battery system 190 indicates that the battery system 190 is fully charged, the selected portable media device 100 is ready for future use and, at 860L, can be removed from the device interface docking station 832. At 860M, each portable media device 100 in the set can be processed and prepared for future use in the manner set forth above. Once processing is complete, the set of portable media devices 100 can be provided for use, at 860N, and the process ends at 860O.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a device management system 800 for simultaneously processing a plurality of portable media devices 100 in the manner set forth above with reference to FIGS. 13A-B. The device management system 800 is shown as including a plurality of device management interfaces 830 in communication with the device management database system 850. Each device management interface 830 likewise can include a plurality of device interface docking stations 832 for receiving a plurality of portable media devices 100. Thereby, the device management interface 830 can receive device identification data 820 from each relevant portable media device 100 and can transmit the device identification data 820, in whole and/or in part, to the device management database system 850 as management data 840 in the manner discussed above. The device management database system 850 can maintain historical records for each of the portable media devices and can provide configuration instruction for configuring each of the portable media devices for future use in the manner set forth above.
  • Each the device interface docking station 832 can update the portable media devices 100 in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 12 and 13A-B. For example, a selected device interface docking station 832, such as device interface docking station 832A, can provide the updated viewing content 200 to the associated portable media devices 100 in a wired manner and/or in a wireless manner as set forth above with reference to FIG. 3A, preferably via high-speed data communications. If the portable media devices 100 receive the updated viewing content 200 via wireless data communications, the updated viewing content 200 can be distributed to one or more of the associated portable media devices 100 in any conventional manner. The selected device interface docking station 832, for instance, can sequentially update the associated portable media devices 100 and/or can update two or more of the associated portable media devices 100 in parallel. In other words, the selected device interface docking station 832 can provide the updated viewing content 200 to the associated portable media devices 100 on a one-by-one basis and/or can multicast the updated viewing content 200 to more than one, preferably all, of the associated portable media devices 100.
  • Although the device interface docking stations 832 for a selected device management interface 830, such as device management interface 830A, can be configured to process the portable media devices 100 in uniform and/or different manners, the device interface docking stations 832 preferably uniformly process the portable media devices 100. Stated somewhat differently, the portable media devices 100 associated with the selected device management interface 830 preferably are processed in a uniform manner, such that the portable media devices 100 are updated with uniform viewing content 200 and the device identification system 810 are uniformly updated with the device identification data 820. The memory systems 144 (shown in FIG. 13A) of the relevant portable media devices 100 thereby can store the same viewing content 200 (or stored content 240) (shown in FIG. 3B). The portable media devices 100 thereby can be uniformly updated for future use in a more rapid manner.
  • In the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to FIG. 7, the portable media devices 100 can be separated into two or more device groups 105 (shown in FIG. 7). The device management interfaces 830 therefore may be allocated in accordance with the device groups 105. For example, the device management interface 830A can be configured to process the portable media devices 100 associated with a first device group 105A (shown in FIG. 7); whereas, the portable media devices 100 associated with a second device group 105B (shown in FIG. 7) can be processed by the device management interface 830N. Thereby, the portable media devices 100 in each device group 105 can be simultaneously prepared for future use in a parallel manner.
  • Advantageously, each device management interface 830A-N is shown as respectively including a separate battery charging system 834A-N, interface content source 836A-N, and/or interface memory system 838A-N. The download management data 842A-N and/or the selected viewing content 200A-N can be locally stored at each device management interface 830A-N via interface content sources 836A-N and/or interface memory systems 838A-N. The device management database system 850 thereby is not required to repeatedly provide the selected viewing content 200A-N to each device management interface 830A-N. Instead, the selected viewing content 200A-N can be locally stored on the relevant interface content source 836A-N. Since the portable media devices 100 preferably are uniform, the power 834A-N provided by the battery charging systems 834A-N preferably is uniform. As desired, the device management database system 850 likewise can provide access to the Internet 565. The device management database system 850 thereby can communicate with one or more other device management database systems 850 and/or a central (or master) device management database system (not shown) for coordinating the historical records maintained by each of the device management database systems.
  • An illustrative embodiment of a multi-bay docking station 870 for the device management system 800 is shown in FIG. 15A. Receiving input power 872 from an external power source (not shown), the multi-bay docking station 870 includes a switching system 876 and a power supply 878 and is configured to communicate with a server system 874. The server system 874 can comprise a conventional computer server system and, as desired, can at least partially incorporate the interface content source 836 (shown in FIGS. 13A and 14) and/or the interface memory system 838 (shown in FIGS. 13A and 14). The server system 874 preferably can be configured to communicate with a plurality of docking stations 870 in the manner discussed above with reference to FIG. 14. The power supply 878 converts the input power 872 into power, having a predetermined voltage level and/or a predetermined current level, that is suitable for the battery systems 190 (shown in FIG. 4B) of the portable media devices 100.
  • The switching system 876 facilitates communications between the server system 874 and a plurality of device interface docking stations 832, each provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 13A. Preferably comprising a high speed switching system, the switching system 876 can be provided as any conventional type of switching (or routing) system in the manner set forth in the aforementioned co-pending U.S. patent application, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONTENT ON MOBILE PLATFORMS,” Ser. No. 11/123,327, filed on May 6, 2005. If configured to support communications in accordance with the Gigabit (such as 1000 Base-X and/or 1000 Base-T) Ethernet standard, for example, the switching system 876 can negotiate appropriate communication data rates, including ten, one hundred, or one thousand megabits per second (10/100/1000 Mbps), and/or a duplex mode, such as a half duplex mode and/or a full duplex mode.
  • Thereby, when the plurality of portable media devices 100 is disposed in the device interface docking stations 832, the multi-bay docking station 870 can automatically begin to charge the battery systems 190 of the portable media devices 100. The multi-bay docking station 870 likewise can automatically initiate the download of the device identification data 820 (shown in FIG. 14), the update of the viewing content 200 (shown in FIG. 14), and/or the update of the device identification data 820 in the manner discussed above. The download of the device identification data 820 and the update of the viewing content 200 and the device identification data 820 can be controlled via a software application executed by the server system 874. In the manner discussed above, the server system 874 can provide the updated viewing content 200 to the portable media devices 100 on a one-by-one basis and/or can multicast the updated viewing content 200 to more than one, preferably all, of the associated portable media devices 100. The server system 874 likewise can extract any transaction information, such as credit card information, from the portable media devices 100 and can securely process the transaction information.
  • The multi-bay docking station 870 preferably provides at least one external indicator system (not shown) for each device interface docking station 832. The external indicator system can, for example, show the status of the relevant battery system 190. In addition to indicating whether the device interface docking station 832 is empty, the external indicator system can indicate whether the relevant battery system 190 is being charged, is fully charged, and/or is bad and requires replacement. A similar indicator system may be provided to indicate the status of the viewing content update and/or the device identification data update for each device interface docking station 832.
  • As desired, the download of the device identification data 820 and/or the update of the viewing content 200 and/or the device identification data 820 can be performed separately from the charging of the battery systems 190. FIG. 15B illustrates a battery charging station 880 for charging battery systems 190 separately from the portable media devices 100 (shown in FIG. 15A). As desired, the battery charging station 880 likewise can be advantageously applied to charge spare battery systems 190 for the portable media devices 100. The battery charging station 880 is shown as including a plurality of power supply/charging circuit modules 884 each for receiving input power 882 and converting the input power 882 into power, having a predetermined voltage level and/or a predetermined current level, that is suitable for the battery systems 190 as discussed with reference to the power supply 878 (shown in FIG. 15A). Preferably, the battery charging station 880 can rapidly charge the battery systems 190. If the battery systems 190 have an eight hour battery life, for example, the battery charging station 880 can fully charge the battery systems 190 in approximately four to five hours. The battery charging station 880 preferably provides at least one external indicator system (not shown) to indicate the status of each battery system 190 in the manner set forth above.
  • In a typical application, the device management system 800 can be associated with an airport terminal 900 as illustrated in FIG. 16A. The airport terminal 900 includes a plurality of gates 910, which are divided into gate groups 910A-N. Each gate group 910A-N is associated with a ground support station (service station) 920A-N, respectively, for servicing aircraft 500B, including aircraft 500B with vehicle information systems 510. As illustrated in FIG. 16A, each of the ground support stations 920A-N includes at least one device interface docking station 832A-N for uniformly processing portable media devices 100 in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIGS. 13A-B and 14.
  • The device management database system 850 is shown as being configured to communicate with the database content source 852 as set forth above and/or a airport terminal network 930 provided in the manner set forth in the aforementioned co-pending U.S. patent application, entitled “SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONTENT ON MOBILE PLATFORMS,” Ser. No. 11/123,327, filed on May 6, 2005. The device management system 800 thereby can configure the portable media devices 100 to include viewing content 200 from the database content source 852 and/or travel information content 940 from the airport terminal network 930 via the device management interfaces 830A-N in the manner discussed in more detail above. Exemplary travel information content 940 can include any conventional type of information regarding each flight, such as a flight number, an aircraft tail number, gate number, flight departure and arrival time data, and/or passenger data.
  • Having access to the travel information content 940 from the airport terminal network 930, the device management interface 830A at the ground support station 920A can prepare a first set 100′ of portable media devices 100 for use, for example, on a selected future departing flight. In the manner discussed above, the portable media devices 100 can be configured to include uniform viewing content 200A, and the device management database system 850 can update its records for each portable media device 100 in the first set 100′. The records of the device management database system 850 thereby associate each of the portable media devices 100 in the first set 100′ as identified, for example, by serial number, with the selected future departing flight as identified, for example, by flight number, gate number, and/or aircraft tail number.
  • Therefore, when the relevant aircraft 500B, such as aircraft 500B′ as shown in FIG. 16A, lands at the airport terminal 900 and arrives at the appropriate gate 910 in the gate group 910A, the ground crew (not shown) can provide the first set 100′ of portable media devices 100 to the aircraft 500B′ and/or can retrieve a second set 100″ of portable media devices 100, which were used during the incoming flight, from the aircraft 500B′. A portable (or handheld) device management interface 830A′ can be provided at the aircraft 500B′ to scan each portable media device 100 in the first set 100′ loaded onto the aircraft 500B′ and/or each portable media device 100 in the second set 100″ retrieved from the aircraft 500B′. By scanning the portable media devices 100 at the aircraft 500B′, the historical records maintained by the device management database system 850 thereby can be updated to reflect that each portable media device 100 in the first set 100′ has been loaded onto the aircraft 500B′ and/or that each portable media device 100 in the second set 100″ has arrived at the airport terminal 900. For quality assurance purposes, the ground crew and a representative from the aircraft 500B each validate the number of portable media devices 100 and electronically sign for delivery and receipt.
  • The second set 100″ of portable media devices 100 can be processed by the device management interface 830A as set forth above. The device management database system 850 thereby can update the historical records for the second set 100″ of portable media devices 100 to include information regarding the return of the portable media devices 100 to the ground support station 920A and can provide configuration instructions for reconfiguring the portable media devices 100 in the second set 100″, in whole and/or in part, for use on one or more subsequent flight as discussed above. As necessary, the historical records maintained by the device management database system 850 likewise can be updated to reflect any portable media devices 100 in the second set 100″ that were identified as being on the aircraft 500B but that were not scanned when the second set 100″ of the portable media devices 100 was retrieved from the aircraft 500B′. The missing portable media devices 100 in the second set 100″ may not have been retrieved from the aircraft 500B′ for a variety of reasons, including, for example, loss and/or theft. Electronic tracking therefore can facilitate the maintenance of a complete historical record for each portable media device 100. Thereby, the device management system 800 can advantageously provide logistical control and management of the portable media devices 100 and/or can provide the associated data to the operator of the aircraft 500B′.
  • To simplify chain of custody and to help ensure robust tracking of the portable media devices 100, the portable media devices 100 preferably are disposed within one or more device containers 950 in preparation for delivery to the aircraft 500B′ as illustrated in FIG. 16B. The device containers 950 can be provided in any suitable manner. Preferably, the device containers 950 comprise tamper-evident containers that are appropriately sized for use with a standard aircraft galley cart (not shown), such as a half-size galley cart and/or a full-size galley cart. In other words, the device containers 950 can be provided as sealable containers and/or containers that include at least one security seal to evidence that the device containers 950 have been opened. The device containers 950 preferably are constructed such that the device identification systems 810 of the portable media devices 100 can communicate with a device management interface 830 when the portable media devices 100 are disposed within the sealed device containers 950.
  • Upon receiving the portable media devices 100 and being sealed, the device containers 950 can include indicia for readily identifying the contents sealed within. For example, a packing list 952 can be provided for identifying the contents of the device containers 950. As desired, a separate packing list 952 can be provided for each device container 950, and/or two or more device containers 950 can share a common packing list 952. The packing list 952 can include content information such as a number of the portable media devices 100 stored within the associated device container 950, a device serial number for each portable media device 100, and/or quality assurance information for each portable media device 100. Exemplary quality assurance information can include information, such as a date, location, and inspector name, related to the inspection and sealing of the associated device container 950. As desired, the packing list 952 likewise can include at least one section for comments, such as comments regarding the portable media devices 100. The comments section, for instance, can be used to identify any portable media devices 100 that have problems and to describe the problems. Information from the packing list 952 preferably can be provided to the device management database system 850 (shown in FIG. 16A) such that the historical record for each portable media device 100 can be updated, as needed.
  • In a preferred embodiment, each of the device containers 950 can include a container identification system 954. The container identification system 954 can be provided in the manner set for in more detail above with reference to the device identification system 810 (shown in FIG. 12) and can communicate with the device management interface 830 (shown in FIG. 12) and, therefore, the device management database system 850 in the manner discussed above. The container identification system 954 can provide content information, such as the content information discussed above with reference to the packing list 952. Preferably, the content information provided by the container identification system 954 includes a number of the portable media devices 100 stored within the associated device container 950, a device serial number for each portable media device 100, a serial number of the security seal, and/or information regarding the aircraft 500′ to which the device container 950 is to be delivered.
  • As discussed above, the container identification system 954 can communicate with the device management interface 830 such that the content information can be provided to the device management database system 850, which can update the historical record for each portable media device 100. The container identification system 954 can be scanned by the device management interface 830 at each transfer to provide a chain of custody for the device containers 950 and, therefore, the portable media devices 100. For example, the device management interface 830 can scan the container identification system 954 of outgoing device containers 950 when the device container 950 is inspected and sealed, when the device container 950 leaves the ground support station 920A-N (shown in FIG. 16A), and when the device container 950 is provided to, and disposed aboard, the aircraft 500B′. Similarly, the container identification system 954 of incoming device containers 950 can be scanned by the device management interface 830 when the device container 950 is retrieved from the aircraft 500B′, when the device container 950 arrives at the ground support station 920A-N, and when the device container 950 is opened and inspected. The device management system 800 thereby can monitor transfers of sealed device containers 950 rather than transfers of individual portable media devices 100.
  • After the device container 950 has been opened, the portable media devices 100 can be inspected for any damage and, as necessary, repaired. The portable media devices 100 then can be coupled with device interface docking station 832 (shown in FIG. 13A). While the battery systems 190 (shown in FIG. 4B) of the portable media devices 100 are being recharged, the device identification data 820 can be downloaded from the device identification systems 810 and provided to the device management database system 850. The device management database system 850 thereby can update the historical records of the portable media devices 100 and can provide configuration instruction for configuring the portable media devices 100 for future use in the manner set forth in more detail above. In accordance with the configuration instruction received from the device management database system 850, the device management interface 830 can configure each portable media device 100, updating the device identification data 820 stored by the device identification system 810 and/or updating the viewing content 200 stored by the memory system 144, as discussed above.
  • The sealed device containers 950 of portable media devices 100 can be delivered to the aircraft 500B in any conventional manner. As illustrated in FIG. 16B, for example, the first sealed device containers 950′ is illustrated as including the first set 100′ of portable media devices 100 provided in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 16A. The first sealed device containers 950′ can be included in one or more larger flight delivery containers 960, such as first flight delivery containers 960′, with other containers, such as food storage containers 970 for storing meals 972, beverages 974, and/or snacks 976. Similarly, the second set 100″ of portable media devices 100 can be provided as discussed above and can be provided in second sealed device containers 950″ for retrieval from the aircraft 500B′. In the manner set forth above, the second sealed device containers 950″ can be included in one or more larger flight delivery containers 960, such as second flight delivery containers 960″, with other containers, such as a refuse storage container 980. Thereby, the aircraft 500B′ can be prepared for flight by retrieving the second flight delivery container 960″ including items, such as the second set 100″ of portable media devices 100, that were used during prior travel and by providing the first flight delivery container 960′ including items, such as the first set 100′ of portable media devices 100, for use during subsequent travel to the aircraft 500B′. Preferably, a fresh set of portable media devices 100 is provided for each flight of the aircraft 500B′.
  • In the manner discussed above, the portable media device 100 can be configured to facilitate commercial transactions, including commercial transactions initiated by passengers traveling aboard a vehicle 500 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B). Since commercial transactions typically require payment information, such as a credit card number, and/or authorization information, such as a personal identification number (PIN) or a password, the portable media device 100 includes an input system 170 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B) for entering such transaction information (not shown). The input system 170 can be provided as discussed above with reference to FIGS. 3A-B and typically comprises a keyboard and/or a mouse. Preferably, the portable media device 100 likewise includes a credit card reader system for providing payment information in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 3B.
  • Illustrative commercial transactions can include transactions for securing access to the portable media device 100 itself. For example, transaction information may be required to rent (and/or activate) the portable media device 100. The portable media device 100 likewise can require transaction information (or additional transaction information) to access selected functions of the portable media device 100, such as to access the viewing content 200 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B) stored on the memory system 144 (shown in FIG. 3B). Access to premium viewing content 200 can require additional transaction information. As discussed in more detail above, the portable media device 100 can store the transaction information on the memory system 144 and/or can transmit the transaction information as the upload content 260 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B). If stored on the memory system 144, the transaction information preferably is uploaded from the portable media device 100 and provided to the device management database system 850 for processing in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to the device management system 800 (shown in FIGS. 12 and 13A-B).
  • If disposed on a vehicle 500 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B), such as an aircraft 500B (shown in FIG. 8B), for example, the portable media device 100 can be configured to communicate with a vehicle information system 510 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B) installed on the vehicle 500. Upon receiving the transaction information from the portable media device 100, the vehicle information system 510 can process the transaction information in any conventional manner, such as via a computer system 550 (shown in FIG. 8B) of the vehicle information system 510. For example, the vehicle information system 510 can process the transaction information in real time by instantly downloading the transaction information to a terrestrial payment system (not shown) via a communication system 560 (shown in FIG. 8B), such as a satellite communication system 560′ (shown in FIG. 8B). The vehicle information system 510 likewise can process the transaction information in a time-delayed manner by storing the transaction information for downloading to the terrestrial payment system at a later time, such as arrival the destination of the vehicle 500. To help ensure security, the transaction information preferably is stored and/or transmitted in an encrypted format.
  • The commercial transactions can comprise any conventional type of commercial transactions, including commercial transactions performed via the Internet 565 (shown in FIG. 8B). In a preferred embodiment, the commercial transactions can include commercial transactions involving merchandise (not shown), such as duty-free merchandise in the case of international travel, and/or services that are available via the vehicle 500. Information regarding the merchandise and/or services can be visually and/or audibly presented via the portable media device 100 and can include textual information and/or graphical information describing the merchandise and/or services. The portable media device 100 likewise can one or more relevant Internet links and/or present various merchandise options, such as available sizes and/or colors, and/or service options. The desired merchandise and/or services can be selected for purchase via the portable media device 100 by entering the transaction information. If stored on the vehicle 500, the merchandise can be made available upon receipt of the transaction information; otherwise, the merchandise can be provided upon arrival at the destination and/or shipped to a selected location.
  • The portable media device 100 likewise can be configured to present advertisement information for selected products and/or services. Uniform advertisement information can be presented by each portable media device 100, and/or the advertisement information can be selectably presented by the portable media devices 100 based upon any suitable criteria. Preferably, the advertisement information comprises directed advertisement information based, for example, upon a passenger's usage of the portable media device 100. The advertisement information can be visually and/or audibly presented via the portable media device 100 and can include textual information and/or graphical information describing the product and/or service. As desired, the portable media device 100 likewise can one or more relevant Internet links for viewing additional advertising information. The portable media device 100 can provide transaction information to purchase the advertised product and/or service in the manner discussed above.
  • The crew of the vehicle 500 likewise can be provided with one or more portable media devices 100 (or the crew media devices) for assisting passengers with their commercial transactions. Each crew media device can be provided in the manner set forth above with reference to the portable media device 100 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B) and preferably are configured to receive transaction information as discussed above. Preferably, the crew media device include a credit card reader system for providing payment information in the manner set forth in more detail above with reference to FIG. 3B. The crew media device likewise can include additional functionality, such as a bar code scanner system, a still and/or motion picture camera system, voice recording functionality, and voice-to-text conversion functionality.
  • The crew media device can support any conventional type of commercial transactions, including the above-mentioned commercial transactions, such as rental of portable media devices 100 by passengers and/or merchandise (and/or services) purchases, that are supported by the portable media devices 100 for passenger usage. As desired, additional commercial transactions likewise may be supported. For example, the crew media device can be used to enter orders for food and/or beverages for delivery during travel.
  • To facilitate distribution of the purchased merchandise, the crew media device can be associated with one or more merchandise bins (not shown) for storing merchandise available on the vehicle 500. The merchandise bins can be provided in any suitable manner, including as stationary merchandise bins and/or portable merchandise bins. For example, one or more selected cabin compartments (not shown) in the passenger cabin 570 (shown in FIGS. 8A-B) can be designated for merchandise storage. The crew media device likewise can include one or more drawers for merchandise storage and/or can be associated with a aircraft galley cart (not shown), such as a half-size galley cart and/or a full-size galley cart, with one or more drawers for merchandise storage.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the crew media device can provide an inventory control system for the merchandise available for purchase on the vehicle 500. The crew media device preferably provides the inventory control system in cooperation with one or more computer systems (not shown), such as the vehicle information system 510. As desired, the computer systems can be disposed onboard the vehicle 500 and/or external to, or remote from, the vehicle 500.
  • As discussed in more detail above with regard to the portable media device 100, the crew media device can store the transaction information on the memory system 144 and/or can transmit the transaction information as the upload content 260 (shown in FIGS. 3A-B). If stored on the memory system 144, for example, the transaction information preferably is uploaded from the crew media device and provided to the device management database system 850 for processing in the manner discussed in more detail above with reference to the device management system 800 (shown in FIGS. 12 and 13A-B). The crew media device likewise can be configured to communicate with the vehicle information system 510 as discussed above with reference to the portable media device 100. Upon receiving the transaction information from the portable media device 100, the vehicle information system 510 can process the transaction information in any conventional manner, including in real time and/or in a time-delayed manner, in the manner set forth in more detail above. To help ensure security, the transaction information preferably is stored and/or transmitted in an encrypted format.
  • In the manner discussed above with reference to the communication system 560 (shown in FIG. 8B), the vehicle information system 510 of the aircraft 500B and the terrestrial content source 300B (shown in FIG. 8B) can communicate in any conventional wireless manner. For example, an Aircraft-Ground Information Services—Cellular Modem (AGIS-CM) system for providing two-way data communications between an XMLRPC server system, such as the server system 520 (shown in FIG. 8B), installed on the aircraft 500B and an Aircraft-Ground Information Services (AGIS) server at a ground station while the aircraft 500B is on the ground. The server on board the aircraft 500B includes a Cabin Memory Extension Unit (CMEU2 (AGIS-Air/AGIS-Link)) hard drive array with a communication port that is coupled with a General Packet Radio Service (GSM/GPRS) cellular transmitter/receiver via an RS-232 connection. After the aircraft 500B lands, the server on board the aircraft 500B is configured to dial a telephone number to contact the ground server. The server on board the aircraft 500B and the ground server then can negotiate to form a communication channel using Internet connectivity in accordance with the XMLRPC protocol. Neither the dialing event nor the negotiation event will be triggered by opening a door to the aircraft 500B.
  • The servers are configured to exchange data while the aircraft 500B is on the ground, regarding of whether the aircraft 500B is stationary or in motion. The data transferred from the server on board the aircraft 500B comprises operational information regarding an in-flight entertainment (IFE) system that is installed on the aircraft 500B. The operational information can include, for example, passenger usage information as well as information regarding any system failures. The ground server can transfer program content, such as movies or television programs, for display during subsequent flight. Prior to forming the communication channel, both servers can store pending data transfers, which are immediately exchanged once the communication channel has been established. Since the server on board the aircraft 500B can store and transmit the pending data transfers, on-board applications, which generate the pending data transfers, are not individually required to provide a data transfer mechanism.
  • A communication system for providing two-way communications between a cellular telephone on an aircraft 500B and the public telephone network while the aircraft 500B is in flight. The communication system is mounted in an aircraft 500B and is configured for use with standard cellular telephones used by passengers on the aircraft 500B. Being in wireless communication with the cellular telephones, the communication system includes an internal antenna system for exchanging cellular communication signals with the cellular telephones. The internal antenna system can comprise a plurality of antennas distributed throughout the passenger compartment of the aircraft 500B, such as an antenna disposed at each passenger seat, and is coupled with a central transceiver system.
  • The central transceiver system is configured to receive outgoing cellular communication signals from the internal antenna system and to convert the outgoing cellular communication signals into outgoing satellite communication signals, which are compatible with satellite communications. Coupled with an external antenna system, the central transceiver system is configured to transmit the outgoing satellite communication signals to a satellite system via the external antenna system. The satellite system, in turn, relays the outgoing satellite communication signals to a terrestrial receiving station that is in communication with the public telephone network. The terrestrial receiving station can convert the outgoing satellite communication signals into outgoing telephone signals, which are compatible with the public telephone network, and provides the outgoing telephone signals to the public telephone network. The central transceiver system likewise can receive incoming satellite communication signals the terrestrial receiving station and convert the incoming satellite communication signals into cellular communication signals via a reverse process. Thereby, passengers can make cellular telephone calls during flight.
  • The various embodiments disclosed herein are susceptible to various modifications and alternative forms, and specific examples thereof have been shown by way of example in the drawings and are herein described in detail. It should be understood, however, that the various embodiments disclosed herein are not to be limited to the particular forms or methods disclosed, but to the contrary, the disclosure is to cover all modifications, equivalents, and alternatives falling within the spirit and scope of the claims.

Claims (1)

1. A device management system for portable media devices, comprising:
a portable media device for presenting selected viewing content selected from viewing content stored on a device memory system of said portable media device, said portable media device having a device identification system for providing device identification data including device status information for said portable media device;
a device management database system for maintaining a historical record for said portable media device, said device management database system updating said historical record in accordance with said device identification data and providing at least one device configuration instruction for configuring said portable media device for future use; and
a device management interface system for providing said device identification data received from said portable media device to said device management database system, said device management interface system updating said viewing content stored on said device memory system and updating said device status information stored by said device identification system each in accordance with said at least one device configuration instruction received from said device management database system.
US13/107,762 2004-06-15 2011-05-13 Portable Media Device and Method for Presenting Viewing Content During Travel Abandoned US20110219407A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/107,762 US20110219407A1 (en) 2004-06-15 2011-05-13 Portable Media Device and Method for Presenting Viewing Content During Travel

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US58009904P 2004-06-15 2004-06-15
US11/154,749 US7945934B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2005-06-15 Portable media device and method for presenting viewing content during travel
US13/107,762 US20110219407A1 (en) 2004-06-15 2011-05-13 Portable Media Device and Method for Presenting Viewing Content During Travel

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/154,749 Continuation US7945934B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2005-06-15 Portable media device and method for presenting viewing content during travel

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20110219407A1 true US20110219407A1 (en) 2011-09-08

Family

ID=34982187

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/154,749 Active 2028-02-17 US7945934B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2005-06-15 Portable media device and method for presenting viewing content during travel
US12/349,382 Active 2025-08-27 US8037500B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2009-01-06 Portable media device and method for presenting viewing content during travel
US13/107,762 Abandoned US20110219407A1 (en) 2004-06-15 2011-05-13 Portable Media Device and Method for Presenting Viewing Content During Travel
US13/267,808 Abandoned US20120030708A1 (en) 2004-06-15 2011-10-06 Portable Media Device and Method for Presenting Viewing Content During Travel

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/154,749 Active 2028-02-17 US7945934B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2005-06-15 Portable media device and method for presenting viewing content during travel
US12/349,382 Active 2025-08-27 US8037500B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2009-01-06 Portable media device and method for presenting viewing content during travel

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/267,808 Abandoned US20120030708A1 (en) 2004-06-15 2011-10-06 Portable Media Device and Method for Presenting Viewing Content During Travel

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (4) US7945934B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1774785B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5020072B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101161046B1 (en)
CA (1) CA2568595C (en)
WO (1) WO2005125207A2 (en)

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110169721A1 (en) * 2008-09-19 2011-07-14 Claus Bauer Upstream signal processing for client devices in a small-cell wireless network
US20130074111A1 (en) * 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Elwha LLC, a limited liability company of the State of Delaware In-transit electronic media with location-based content
US20130074107A1 (en) * 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Elwha LLC, a limited liability of the State of Delaware Power source for in-transit electronic media
US20130074112A1 (en) * 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Elwha LLC, a limited liability company of the State of Delaware Secure electronic media for in-transit passenger usage
US20150271532A1 (en) * 2014-03-20 2015-09-24 Yahoo Japan Corporation Delivery device and delivery method
CN107465948A (en) * 2016-06-03 2017-12-12 法拉第未来公司 Infotainment playback controls
US9852355B2 (en) * 2015-04-21 2017-12-26 Thales Avionics, Inc. Facial analysis for vehicle entertainment system metrics
WO2018152212A1 (en) * 2017-02-14 2018-08-23 Systems And Software Enterprises, Llc Dynamic and distributed meshed network for in-flight entertainment systems
US10172055B2 (en) * 2017-03-01 2019-01-01 Thales Avionics, Inc. Controlling wireless access point handover and/or transmissions mode based on person proximity
WO2020028761A1 (en) * 2018-08-02 2020-02-06 Gogo Llc On-board self-healing network for delivery of vehicle passenger-consumable content
US10616741B2 (en) * 2017-04-27 2020-04-07 Thales Avionics, Inc. In-flight entertainment systems with a central bluetooth controller controlling bluetooth connections between passenger terminals and video display units
US10869076B2 (en) 2015-03-17 2020-12-15 Piksel, Inc. Access to content

Families Citing this family (265)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9317241B2 (en) 2000-10-27 2016-04-19 Voxx International Corporation Vehicle console capable of wireless reception and transmission of audio and video data
CA2348353A1 (en) 2001-05-22 2002-11-22 Marc Arseneau Local broadcast system
US7139595B2 (en) * 2002-10-24 2006-11-21 The Rail Network, Inc. Transit vehicle wireless transmission broadcast system
US8780282B2 (en) 2003-11-07 2014-07-15 Voxx International Corporation Vehicle entertainment system
US20060070103A1 (en) * 2003-11-07 2006-03-30 Vitito Christopher J Vehicle entertainment system
US20050099547A1 (en) * 2003-11-07 2005-05-12 Vitito Christopher J. Automobile entertainment system
US20060047426A1 (en) * 2003-11-07 2006-03-02 Vitito Christopher J Vehicle entertainment system
US7604273B2 (en) * 2003-11-07 2009-10-20 Vitito Christopher J Vehicle entertainment system
US20050235327A1 (en) * 2003-11-07 2005-10-20 Vitito Christopher J Vehicle entertainment system
US7805374B2 (en) * 2003-11-19 2010-09-28 Gene Fein Digital media inventory control, distribution and destruction system
JP5020072B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2012-09-05 パナソニック・アビオニクス・コーポレイション Portable media device and method for displaying viewing content on the move
US10028031B2 (en) * 2004-07-23 2018-07-17 Voxx International Corporation Vehicle entertainment system capable of wireless reception of media content
KR100564731B1 (en) * 2004-08-13 2006-03-28 (주)잉카엔트웍스 A method for providing data to a personal portable device via network and a system thereof
US20060094349A1 (en) * 2004-10-20 2006-05-04 Visteon Global Technologies, Inc. Dockable portable satellite receiver
WO2006062641A2 (en) * 2004-11-05 2006-06-15 Thales Avionics, Inc. In-flight entertainment system with hand-out passenger terminals
US7670227B2 (en) * 2004-12-30 2010-03-02 Microsoft Corporation Changeable console face plate
US8170535B1 (en) * 2005-01-24 2012-05-01 American Airlines, Inc. System and method for providing content to portable devices
JP4431519B2 (en) * 2005-04-11 2010-03-17 日立Geニュークリア・エナジー株式会社 Reactor coolant recirculation pump power supply
US20060259466A1 (en) * 2005-05-10 2006-11-16 Sbc Knowledge Ventures Lp Updating configuration specifications in a historical database
US8120716B2 (en) * 2005-06-16 2012-02-21 Audiovox Corporation Vehicle entertainment system including monitor for rear view enhancement
US7566083B2 (en) * 2005-06-16 2009-07-28 Vitito Christopher J Vehicle entertainment system with safety for attachment mechanism
EP2498210A1 (en) 2005-07-22 2012-09-12 Kangaroo Media, Inc. System and methods for enhancing the experience of spectators attending a live sporting event
US8042140B2 (en) 2005-07-22 2011-10-18 Kangaroo Media, Inc. Buffering content on a handheld electronic device
WO2007035739A2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2007-03-29 Lumexis, Inc. Fiber-to-the-seat in-flight entertainment system
US8407146B2 (en) * 2005-10-28 2013-03-26 Microsoft Corporation Secure storage
US8041195B2 (en) 2005-11-03 2011-10-18 Audiovox Corporation Vehicle entertainment system for remote sharing and storage of video content
JP4625404B2 (en) * 2005-11-28 2011-02-02 パナソニック株式会社 Video switching device and switching target switching device
US20100017827A1 (en) * 2006-01-04 2010-01-21 Audiovox Corporation Receiver and distribution unit for vehicle entertainment system
US8713613B2 (en) * 2006-01-04 2014-04-29 Voxx International Corporation Data distribution unit for vehicle entertainment system
US20070192833A1 (en) * 2006-01-27 2007-08-16 Arcadyan Technology Corporation System and method for configuring an electronic device to access to a wireless local area network
US7844920B2 (en) * 2006-02-09 2010-11-30 Sony Corporation Modular entertainment system with movable components
US20070250445A1 (en) * 2006-04-19 2007-10-25 Napster Llc Real time, on the fly, distribution of pre-selected electronic content
US20070261095A1 (en) * 2006-05-05 2007-11-08 Petrisor Gregory C On the go video content distribution system
US7656849B1 (en) 2006-05-31 2010-02-02 Qurio Holdings, Inc. System and method for bypassing an access point in a local area network for P2P data transfers
US8942618B2 (en) * 2006-06-05 2015-01-27 The Directv Group, Inc. Method and system for moving and playing content from home-based system to mobile system
US8102863B1 (en) 2006-06-27 2012-01-24 Qurio Holdings, Inc. High-speed WAN to wireless LAN gateway
EP2035762B1 (en) * 2006-07-04 2012-09-05 LG Electronics, Inc. Refrigerator with wireless communication function
KR101356737B1 (en) * 2006-07-12 2014-02-03 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for updating decoder configuration
WO2008011162A2 (en) * 2006-07-21 2008-01-24 Thales Avionics, Inc. Passenger control unit for an in-flight entertainment system
US8508673B2 (en) * 2006-08-08 2013-08-13 Panasonic Avionics Corporation User interface device and method for presenting viewing content
WO2008031114A2 (en) * 2006-09-08 2008-03-13 Virgin America Inc. On-board vessel entertainment system
US8184974B2 (en) * 2006-09-11 2012-05-22 Lumexis Corporation Fiber-to-the-seat (FTTS) fiber distribution system
EP2095572A2 (en) 2006-10-11 2009-09-02 Marvell World Trade Ltd. Wireless network in a vehicle
US20080092186A1 (en) * 2006-10-12 2008-04-17 Avion Engineering Services Inc Dba Avion Partners Video display with built-in optical drive
US20080109558A1 (en) * 2006-11-06 2008-05-08 The Directv Group, Inc. Method and apparatus for providing independent content to multiple terminals within a vehicle with modifiable playback stream features
US8386126B2 (en) * 2006-11-06 2013-02-26 The Directv Group, Inc. Method and apparatus for providing independent content to multiple terminals within a vehicle
US7974293B2 (en) * 2006-11-06 2011-07-05 The Directv Group, Inc. Method and apparatus for transcrypting or transcoding content for a terminal within a vehicle
US20080106376A1 (en) * 2006-11-06 2008-05-08 The Directv Group, Inc. Method and apparatus for purchasing content from a terminal within a vehicle
US7925216B2 (en) * 2006-11-10 2011-04-12 The Directv Group, Inc. Mobile receiver solutions for accessing broadband video-on-demand services
WO2008064450A1 (en) * 2006-11-30 2008-06-05 Bce Inc. Method, system and apparatus for logging into a communication client
FR2909475B1 (en) * 2006-12-01 2009-03-06 Thales Sa DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANAGING CONFIGURATION AND MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT OF EQUIPMENT
JP4828390B2 (en) * 2006-12-11 2011-11-30 アルパイン株式会社 In-vehicle audio apparatus and method for imaging and transmitting information of in-vehicle audio apparatus
US20080142585A1 (en) * 2006-12-19 2008-06-19 Thales Avionics, Inc. System and method for tendering payment on a vehicle, such as an aircraft
DE102006061714A1 (en) * 2006-12-28 2008-07-03 Airbus Deutschland Gmbh Vehicle i.e. aircraft, seat, has electronic interface unit, where data i.e. status information and/or passenger requests, are communicated to interface unit using connection and are stored in interface unit for information retrieval
TW200838309A (en) * 2007-03-14 2008-09-16 Funtoro Inc System of independent video/audio playing and sharing by sections and method thereof
GB2447672B (en) 2007-03-21 2011-12-14 Ford Global Tech Llc Vehicle manoeuvring aids
EP1973299A1 (en) * 2007-03-23 2008-09-24 Lufthansa Technik AG Wireless controllable electrical functional unit for an aircraft
US8233425B2 (en) * 2007-03-30 2012-07-31 Livetv, Llc Aircraft communications system selectively allocating data communications channel capacity and associated methods
FR2914450B1 (en) * 2007-03-30 2009-07-10 Airbus Sas AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COMPRISING AN AIRCRAFT TERMINAL AND A PORTABLE RESOURCE
US7945457B2 (en) * 2007-04-09 2011-05-17 Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. Distributed system for monitoring patient video, audio and medical parameter data
DE102007029671A1 (en) * 2007-06-27 2009-01-08 Airbus Deutschland Gmbh Device and method for detecting a communication channel
US9009210B2 (en) * 2007-08-15 2015-04-14 Sony Corporation Distribution of multimedia files using a transportation provider wireless device
US20090055419A1 (en) * 2007-08-21 2009-02-26 At&T Labs, Inc Method and system for content resyndication
US7983206B2 (en) * 2007-09-10 2011-07-19 Robert Bosch Gmbh Integrated system and method for interactive communication and multimedia support in vehicles
US20090070831A1 (en) * 2007-09-11 2009-03-12 Lutz Bardehle Interactive Hospitality System for an Exchange of Data
EP2203804A1 (en) * 2007-09-14 2010-07-07 Panasonic Avionics Corporation Media device interface system and method for vehicle information systems
CN101861563B (en) * 2007-09-14 2014-03-12 松下航空电子公司 Portable user control device and method for vehicle information systems
EP2201773A1 (en) * 2007-09-14 2010-06-30 Panasonic Avionics Corporation System and method for interfacing a portable media device with a vehicle information system
US9407034B2 (en) 2007-09-14 2016-08-02 Panasonic Avionics Corporation Communication connector system and method
WO2009038773A1 (en) * 2007-09-20 2009-03-26 Wisedv, Inc. Video display device and method for communication of multiple audio and video selection on an aircraft
DE602008006222D1 (en) 2007-09-24 2011-05-26 Panasonic Avionics Corp ARRANGEMENT AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING A BROADCASTING CONTENT ON A MOBILE PLATFORM DURING THE TRIP
US20090094635A1 (en) * 2007-10-05 2009-04-09 Aslin Matthew J System and Method for Presenting Advertisement Content on a Mobile Platform During Travel
US9065673B2 (en) * 2007-12-17 2015-06-23 Broadcom Corporation Method and system for a centralized vehicular electronics system utilizing ethernet with audio video bridging
DE102008008452A1 (en) * 2008-02-07 2009-08-13 Art+Com Ag System for transmitting information to persons in the area of an airport, method for transmitting information and a personal terminal
CN101939932A (en) * 2008-02-08 2011-01-05 松下航空电子公司 Optical communication system and method for distributing content aboard a mobile platform during travel
US8543721B2 (en) * 2008-02-19 2013-09-24 At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp System and method for managing media content
DE102008018071B4 (en) * 2008-03-31 2022-03-31 Lufthansa Technik Aktiengesellschaft Arrangement for controlling functions of an aircraft seat
JP2011135117A (en) * 2008-04-21 2011-07-07 Panasonic Corp Av content view system
US8145821B2 (en) * 2008-05-20 2012-03-27 Honeywell International Inc. Docking station for portable electronic devices
US8261309B2 (en) * 2008-06-09 2012-09-04 Audiovox Corporation Mobile entertainment system with retrieval of audio and video media content from a remote library
US8203657B2 (en) * 2008-07-11 2012-06-19 Audiovox Corporation Inductively powered mobile entertainment system
US8734256B2 (en) 2008-09-15 2014-05-27 Panasonic Avionics Corporation System and method for hosting multiplayer games
US20100138581A1 (en) * 2008-12-02 2010-06-03 Randall Bird Universal Docking System
US8064616B2 (en) * 2008-12-09 2011-11-22 Panasonic Automotive Systems Company Of America Infotainment system with surround sound media navigation
US8171517B2 (en) 2008-12-12 2012-05-01 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Apparatus and method for distributing media content to vehicles
US8509990B2 (en) 2008-12-15 2013-08-13 Panasonic Avionics Corporation System and method for performing real-time data analysis
US8326221B2 (en) * 2009-02-09 2012-12-04 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device with proximity-based content synchronization
EP2227005B1 (en) * 2009-03-04 2018-05-02 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Remote controller with multimedia content display and control method thereof
EP2234297A1 (en) * 2009-03-26 2010-09-29 novero GmbH Method for operating a portable mobile internet media recorder
WO2010119882A1 (en) * 2009-04-17 2010-10-21 シャープ株式会社 Display device
GB0908038D0 (en) 2009-05-11 2009-06-24 Bluebox Avionics Ltd A content distribution system and method
US8554831B2 (en) * 2009-06-02 2013-10-08 Ford Global Technologies, Llc System and method for executing hands-free operation of an electronic calendar application within a vehicle
US8240631B2 (en) * 2009-06-04 2012-08-14 Honeywell International Inc. Apparatus for controlling liquid in a cup holder
WO2010140376A1 (en) * 2009-06-05 2010-12-09 パナソニック株式会社 Content upload system and content distribution server
US8402268B2 (en) 2009-06-11 2013-03-19 Panasonic Avionics Corporation System and method for providing security aboard a moving platform
ES2715850T3 (en) 2009-08-06 2019-06-06 Global Eagle Entertainment Inc In-flight system of interconnection in series fiber network to the seat
US8424045B2 (en) * 2009-08-14 2013-04-16 Lumexis Corporation Video display unit docking assembly for fiber-to-the-screen inflight entertainment system
US8416698B2 (en) 2009-08-20 2013-04-09 Lumexis Corporation Serial networking fiber optic inflight entertainment system network configuration
US9016627B2 (en) 2009-10-02 2015-04-28 Panasonic Avionics Corporation System and method for providing an integrated user interface system at a seat
CN102712277B (en) * 2009-10-02 2016-04-20 松下航空电子公司 For the system and method mutual with information system
US8661478B2 (en) * 2009-11-30 2014-02-25 At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp Noise reduction apparatus with isolation transformers in an internet protocol television system
US8504217B2 (en) 2009-12-14 2013-08-06 Panasonic Avionics Corporation System and method for providing dynamic power management
FR2954885B1 (en) * 2009-12-24 2012-03-02 Eutelsat Sa SYSTEM FOR RECEIVING SATELLITE DATA
US20110162016A1 (en) * 2009-12-31 2011-06-30 Petrisor Gregory C Inflight entertainment system video display synchronization
US9001819B1 (en) 2010-02-18 2015-04-07 Zvi Or-Bach Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu
US8572303B2 (en) * 2010-02-03 2013-10-29 Tal Lavian Portable universal communication device
US8537989B1 (en) 2010-02-03 2013-09-17 Tal Lavian Device and method for providing enhanced telephony
US8625756B1 (en) 2010-02-03 2014-01-07 Tal Lavian Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu
US8553859B1 (en) 2010-02-03 2013-10-08 Tal Lavian Device and method for providing enhanced telephony
US8548135B1 (en) 2010-02-03 2013-10-01 Tal Lavian Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu
US8681951B1 (en) 2010-02-03 2014-03-25 Tal Lavian Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu
US8879698B1 (en) 2010-02-03 2014-11-04 Tal Lavian Device and method for providing enhanced telephony
US8687777B1 (en) 2010-02-03 2014-04-01 Tal Lavian Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu
US8406388B2 (en) 2011-07-18 2013-03-26 Zvi Or-Bach Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu
US8548131B1 (en) 2010-02-03 2013-10-01 Tal Lavian Systems and methods for communicating with an interactive voice response system
US8594280B1 (en) 2010-02-03 2013-11-26 Zvi Or-Bach Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu
US8903073B2 (en) 2011-07-20 2014-12-02 Zvi Or-Bach Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu
US8346310B2 (en) * 2010-02-05 2013-01-01 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Method and apparatus for communication between a vehicle based computing system and a remote application
DE102010008818A1 (en) * 2010-02-22 2011-08-25 Continental Automotive GmbH, 30165 Method for activating a network component of a vehicle network system
TW201133386A (en) * 2010-03-22 2011-10-01 Vmax Telecom Co Ltd Interactive mobile service system
US8786875B1 (en) 2010-03-26 2014-07-22 Open Invention Network, Llc Systems and methods for printing a document from a mobile communication device
CN102971214B (en) 2010-04-27 2016-01-13 松下航空电子公司 For connection support system and the method for user interface facilities
US8738737B2 (en) * 2010-04-28 2014-05-27 Myine Electronics, LLC Portable media player for recording and playback of streamed digital content
US9094436B2 (en) 2010-05-27 2015-07-28 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Methods and systems for interfacing with a vehicle computing system over multiple data transport channels
US8806521B2 (en) 2010-06-22 2014-08-12 Livetv, Llc Personal electronic device (PED) cooperating with an aircraft IFE system for redeeming an in-flight coupon and associated methods
US9143807B2 (en) * 2010-06-22 2015-09-22 Livetv, Llc Registration of a personal electronic device (PED) with an aircraft IFE system using PED generated registration token images and associated methods
US9143738B2 (en) 2010-06-22 2015-09-22 Livetv, Llc Aircraft IFE system interfacing with a personal electronic device (PED) for redeeming an in-flight coupon and associated methods
US9003454B2 (en) 2010-06-22 2015-04-07 Livetv, Llc Registration of a PED with an aircraft IFE system using an aircraft generated registration identifier and associated methods
US20110313826A1 (en) 2010-06-22 2011-12-22 Livetv Llc Personal electronic device (ped) operating as a commerce device onboard an aircraft and associated methods
US9143732B2 (en) 2010-06-22 2015-09-22 Livetv, Llc Aircraft IFE system cooperating with a personal electronic device (PED) operating as a commerce device and associated methods
US8856838B2 (en) 2010-06-22 2014-10-07 Livetv, Llc Registration of a personal electronic device (PED) with an aircraft IFE system using aircraft generated registration token images and associated methods
US9516352B2 (en) * 2010-06-22 2016-12-06 Livetv, Llc Registration of a personal electronic device (PED) with an aircraft IFE system using a PED generated registration identifier and associated methods
US8473575B2 (en) * 2010-08-26 2013-06-25 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Methods and apparatus for remote activation of an application
CN103249642B (en) 2010-09-10 2016-05-25 松下航空电子公司 Integrated user interface system and method and corresponding user's seat, information system and aircraft
US8000454B1 (en) * 2010-09-10 2011-08-16 Zvi Or-Bach Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu
US10163273B2 (en) 2010-09-28 2018-12-25 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Method and system for operating mobile applications in a vehicle
EP2471710A1 (en) * 2010-11-15 2012-07-04 Nigel Greig Media distribution system
US8560739B2 (en) 2010-12-28 2013-10-15 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Methods and systems for regulating operation of one or more functions of a mobile application
US9060202B2 (en) 2010-12-29 2015-06-16 Thales Avionics, Inc. Controlling display of content on networked passenger controllers and video display units
US8689269B2 (en) * 2011-01-27 2014-04-01 Netflix, Inc. Insertion points for streaming video autoplay
US9854209B2 (en) 2011-04-19 2017-12-26 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Display system utilizing vehicle and trailer dynamics
US9555832B2 (en) 2011-04-19 2017-01-31 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Display system utilizing vehicle and trailer dynamics
US9374562B2 (en) 2011-04-19 2016-06-21 Ford Global Technologies, Llc System and method for calculating a horizontal camera to target distance
US9969428B2 (en) 2011-04-19 2018-05-15 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Trailer backup assist system with waypoint selection
US9500497B2 (en) 2011-04-19 2016-11-22 Ford Global Technologies, Llc System and method of inputting an intended backing path
US9290204B2 (en) 2011-04-19 2016-03-22 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Hitch angle monitoring system and method
US9506774B2 (en) 2011-04-19 2016-11-29 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Method of inputting a path for a vehicle and trailer
US9926008B2 (en) 2011-04-19 2018-03-27 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Trailer backup assist system with waypoint selection
US9248858B2 (en) 2011-04-19 2016-02-02 Ford Global Technologies Trailer backup assist system
WO2012145556A2 (en) * 2011-04-20 2012-10-26 Enovadent Technologies, Inc. Centralized online media platform for use with visual display systems
US20120310445A1 (en) 2011-06-02 2012-12-06 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Methods and Apparatus for Wireless Device Application Having Vehicle Interaction
US9749673B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2017-08-29 Amg Ip, Llc Systems and methods for providing multiple audio streams in a venue
US20130127620A1 (en) 2011-06-20 2013-05-23 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Management of patient fall risk
US20130005336A1 (en) * 2011-06-28 2013-01-03 Loren Thomas Ayotte Passenger mobile station registration with a vehicle communications system using passenger information
US9489820B1 (en) 2011-07-12 2016-11-08 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Method for determining whether an individual leaves a prescribed virtual perimeter
US9741227B1 (en) 2011-07-12 2017-08-22 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Method and process for determining whether an individual suffers a fall requiring assistance
US10546481B2 (en) 2011-07-12 2020-01-28 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Method for determining whether an individual leaves a prescribed virtual perimeter
US9529752B2 (en) 2011-07-25 2016-12-27 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Method and apparatus for communication between a vehicle based computing system and a remote application
US8694203B2 (en) 2011-09-12 2014-04-08 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Method and apparatus for vehicle process emulation and configuration on a mobile platform
DE102011083626B4 (en) * 2011-09-28 2023-05-25 Airbus Operations Gmbh Cover for a seat in an aircraft or spacecraft
WO2013061053A1 (en) * 2011-10-24 2013-05-02 Omnifone Ltd Method, system and computer program product for navigating digital media content
US9584846B2 (en) * 2011-12-16 2017-02-28 Thales Avionics, Inc. In-flight entertainment system with wireless handheld controller and cradle having controlled locking and status reporting to crew
KR20140125355A (en) * 2012-01-20 2014-10-28 톰슨 라이센싱 In-flight entertainment system
DE102012201786A1 (en) * 2012-02-07 2013-08-08 Siemens Ag Österreich Method for outputting user-specific information content in a means of transport
US8495236B1 (en) 2012-02-29 2013-07-23 ExXothermic, Inc. Interaction of user devices and servers in an environment
US8731148B1 (en) 2012-03-02 2014-05-20 Tal Lavian Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu
US8867708B1 (en) 2012-03-02 2014-10-21 Tal Lavian Systems and methods for visual presentation and selection of IVR menu
US20130238439A1 (en) * 2012-03-09 2013-09-12 Manjirnath Chatterjee System And Method For Providing Content To Vehicles
GB201205275D0 (en) * 2012-03-26 2012-05-09 Soundchip Sa Media/communications system
US9653039B2 (en) * 2012-03-29 2017-05-16 Thinklogical, Llc Method, apparatus and system for changing to which remote device a local device is in communication via a communication medium through use of interruption of the communication medium
US8924257B2 (en) * 2012-05-16 2014-12-30 Zone 24x7 Generic apparatus to provide RFID reading functionality to computing device with no built in RFID reader
DE102012210754A1 (en) * 2012-06-25 2014-01-02 Lufthansa Systems Ag Seat for a vehicle as well as vehicle
US9078088B2 (en) 2012-07-12 2015-07-07 Myine Electronics, Inc. System and method for transport layer agnostic programming interface for use with smartphones
US9277249B2 (en) 2012-07-24 2016-03-01 The Directv Group, Inc. Method and system for providing on-demand and pay-per-view content through a hospitality system
WO2014028766A1 (en) * 2012-08-15 2014-02-20 Hendricks Investment Holdings, Llc Methods and systems for providing programming to a smart device
US20140191096A1 (en) * 2013-01-04 2014-07-10 Garmin Switzerland Gmbh Magnetic device mount
US9355396B1 (en) * 2013-01-07 2016-05-31 American Airlines, Inc. System and method for providing goods and services during vehicular travel by correlating first and second identifications of a seat on a vehicle using a computer server positioned on the vehicle and a near field communication (NFC) tag positioned on the vehicle and associated with the seat
US9218805B2 (en) 2013-01-18 2015-12-22 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Method and apparatus for incoming audio processing
US8981916B2 (en) 2013-01-28 2015-03-17 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Method and apparatus for customized vehicle sound-based location
US10452243B2 (en) 2013-01-31 2019-10-22 Bombardier Inc. System and method of operation of the system incorporating a graphical user interface in a side ledge of a vehicle cabin
US9650141B2 (en) 2013-01-31 2017-05-16 Bombardier Inc. System and a method of operation of the system incorporating a graphical user interface in a bulkhead of a vehicle cabin
US9205914B1 (en) 2013-01-31 2015-12-08 Bombardier Inc. Distributed architecture for a system and a method of operation of the system incorporating a graphical user interface controlling functions in a vehicle cabin
US10222766B2 (en) 2013-01-31 2019-03-05 Bombardier Inc. System and method of operation of the system incorporating a graphical user interface on a mobile computing device for a member of a flight crew in a vehicle cabin
US11021269B2 (en) 2013-01-31 2021-06-01 Bombardier Inc. System and method for representing a location of a fault in an aircraft cabin
US9592851B2 (en) 2013-02-04 2017-03-14 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Control modes for a trailer backup assist system
US9511799B2 (en) 2013-02-04 2016-12-06 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Object avoidance for a trailer backup assist system
US9146899B2 (en) 2013-02-07 2015-09-29 Ford Global Technologies, Llc System and method of arbitrating audio source streamed by mobile applications
US9538339B2 (en) 2013-02-07 2017-01-03 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Method and system of outputting in a vehicle data streamed by mobile applications
US9042603B2 (en) 2013-02-25 2015-05-26 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Method and apparatus for estimating the distance from trailer axle to tongue
DK177618B1 (en) * 2013-03-13 2013-12-09 Aporta Digital Aps Robust mobile media server and method for providing media to passengers in a public transport vehicle
US8719064B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-05-06 Kwivo, LLC Administration and customization platform for in-vehicle services
US8744926B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-06-03 Kwivo, LLC Pre-transit and post-transit facilitation of in-vehicle services
US8972598B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-03-03 Kwivo, LLC In-vehicle services for user-provided devices
US9479601B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-10-25 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Method and apparatus for seamless application portability over multiple environments
US8933822B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-01-13 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Method and apparatus for extra-vehicular emergency updates following an accident
CA2841685C (en) 2013-03-15 2021-05-18 Panasonic Avionics Corporation System and method for providing multi-mode wireless data distribution
US8751646B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-06-10 Kwivo, LLC In-vehicle services through attendant devices, user-provided devices, and/or an in-vehicle computer system
KR20140135848A (en) * 2013-05-07 2014-11-27 삼성전자주식회사 Display appratus time setting method, method for setting time of display apparatus by remote controller, display apparatus and remote controler
US9197336B2 (en) 2013-05-08 2015-11-24 Myine Electronics, Inc. System and method for providing customized audio content to a vehicle radio system using a smartphone
US9047089B2 (en) * 2013-05-20 2015-06-02 Rovi Guides, Inc. Energy-saving systems and methods for updating media information
US9241355B2 (en) 2013-09-30 2016-01-19 Sonos, Inc. Media system access via cellular network
US9352777B2 (en) 2013-10-31 2016-05-31 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Methods and systems for configuring of a trailer maneuvering system
US20150170116A1 (en) * 2013-11-26 2015-06-18 Transcast, Inc. Online self contained portable interactive transactional system
US10096223B1 (en) 2013-12-18 2018-10-09 Cerner Innovication, Inc. Method and process for determining whether an individual suffers a fall requiring assistance
US10225522B1 (en) 2014-01-17 2019-03-05 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Method and system for determining whether an individual takes appropriate measures to prevent the spread of healthcare-associated infections
US9729833B1 (en) 2014-01-17 2017-08-08 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Method and system for determining whether an individual takes appropriate measures to prevent the spread of healthcare-associated infections along with centralized monitoring
US10078956B1 (en) 2014-01-17 2018-09-18 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Method and system for determining whether an individual takes appropriate measures to prevent the spread of healthcare-associated infections
JP2015163943A (en) * 2014-01-29 2015-09-10 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Imaging apparatus
US9233710B2 (en) 2014-03-06 2016-01-12 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Trailer backup assist system using gesture commands and method
US10438692B2 (en) 2014-03-20 2019-10-08 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Privacy protection based on device presence
EP3134319A1 (en) 2014-04-25 2017-03-01 Bombardier Inc. Aircraft angled conference table configuration
EP2942971B8 (en) * 2014-05-08 2019-07-17 Icomera AB Method and system for bandwidth constrained media streaming to a moving vehicle
CN104428744B (en) * 2014-05-19 2018-02-02 华为技术有限公司 The method, apparatus and equipment of a kind of multimedia display
US9961373B2 (en) * 2014-06-27 2018-05-01 Panasonic Avionics Corporation Vehicle entertainment system
US9363566B2 (en) 2014-09-16 2016-06-07 The Directv Group, Inc. Method and system for prepositioning content and distributing content in a local distribution system
USD749052S1 (en) 2014-09-24 2016-02-09 Panasonic Avionics Corporation Display system for seatback mounting
USD753077S1 (en) 2014-09-24 2016-04-05 Panasonic Avionics Corporation Display system for seatback mounting
CN104219472B (en) * 2014-09-24 2016-08-17 浙江容贝电子科技有限公司 A kind of mobile-satellite TV receiving system and method for reseptance
EP3002966B1 (en) 2014-09-30 2019-09-18 Airbus Operations GmbH Wireless access for a mobile terminal to functional domains
FR3028246B1 (en) * 2014-11-07 2018-03-23 Airbus Group Sas TRANSPORT DEVICE DOOR WITH DOOR OF A TRAVELER
US9522677B2 (en) 2014-12-05 2016-12-20 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Mitigation of input device failure and mode management
US9533683B2 (en) 2014-12-05 2017-01-03 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Sensor failure mitigation system and mode management
US10090068B2 (en) 2014-12-23 2018-10-02 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Method and system for determining whether a monitored individual's hand(s) have entered a virtual safety zone
US10524722B2 (en) 2014-12-26 2020-01-07 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Method and system for determining whether a caregiver takes appropriate measures to prevent patient bedsores
US11275757B2 (en) 2015-02-13 2022-03-15 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Systems and methods for capturing data, creating billable information and outputting billable information
US10091463B1 (en) 2015-02-16 2018-10-02 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Method for determining whether an individual enters a prescribed virtual zone using 3D blob detection
US9716735B2 (en) * 2015-02-18 2017-07-25 Viasat, Inc. In-transport multi-channel media delivery
US9788021B2 (en) 2015-02-20 2017-10-10 Panasonic Avionics Corporation Display system for a vehicle entertainment system
US9749662B2 (en) 2015-03-27 2017-08-29 Thales, Inc. Aircraft communications system storing video content while airborne and associated methods
US10070153B2 (en) * 2015-03-27 2018-09-04 Thales, Inc. Aircraft communications system storing video content while on the ground and associated methods
US9654807B2 (en) 2015-03-27 2017-05-16 Thales, Inc. Aircraft communications system with adaptive streaming video and associated methods
US10342478B2 (en) 2015-05-07 2019-07-09 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Method and system for determining whether a caretaker takes appropriate measures to prevent patient bedsores
ES2773654T3 (en) * 2015-05-29 2020-07-14 Amadeus Sas Airplane to ground communication
US9892611B1 (en) 2015-06-01 2018-02-13 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Method for determining whether an individual enters a prescribed virtual zone using skeletal tracking and 3D blob detection
EP3107090B1 (en) * 2015-06-18 2023-01-11 Airbus Operations GmbH Announcement signalling on board an aircraft
US9771082B2 (en) 2015-08-13 2017-09-26 International Business Machines Corporation Reducing cognitive demand on a vehicle operator by generating passenger stimulus
US10133307B2 (en) * 2015-08-28 2018-11-20 Cigna Intellectual Property, Inc. Dock for extending the utility of an electronic device
US9896130B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2018-02-20 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Guidance system for a vehicle reversing a trailer along an intended backing path
DE102015224950A1 (en) * 2015-12-11 2017-06-14 Airbus Operations Gmbh Technology for updating software on board an aircraft
US10063904B2 (en) * 2015-12-30 2018-08-28 Voxx International Corporation Interchangeable rear seat infotainment system
US9892310B2 (en) 2015-12-31 2018-02-13 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Methods and systems for detecting prohibited objects in a patient room
NL2016545B1 (en) * 2016-04-04 2017-10-10 Zodiac Aircatering Equipment Europe B V Method and system for managing a fleet of galley containers.
MA44905A (en) * 2016-04-05 2018-05-09 Mi Group B V FLIGHT INFORMATION SYSTEM AND PROCESS
US10171531B2 (en) * 2016-04-13 2019-01-01 Viasat, Inc. Continuing electronic media entertainment after completion of travel segment
US10112646B2 (en) 2016-05-05 2018-10-30 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Turn recovery human machine interface for trailer backup assist
USD819582S1 (en) 2016-09-30 2018-06-05 Pansonic Avionics Corporation Display system for seatback mounting
US9955207B1 (en) * 2016-11-17 2018-04-24 Charles Warren Webster, Jr. Interface for interchangeable entertainment systems
US9900645B1 (en) * 2016-11-18 2018-02-20 Panasonic Avionics Corporation Methods and systems for executing functions associated with objects on a transportation vehicle
US10147184B2 (en) 2016-12-30 2018-12-04 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Seizure detection
EP3355216A1 (en) * 2017-01-25 2018-08-01 PaxLife GmbH & Co. KG Device for providing a key for decrypting encrypted content
US11829981B2 (en) * 2017-09-05 2023-11-28 Symbol Technologies, Llc Systems and methods for data capture device selection from within data capture device repository
EP3651103A4 (en) * 2017-10-30 2020-12-09 Kolon Industries, Inc. Device, system and method for providing service relating to advertising and product purchase by using artificial-intelligence technology
WO2019088661A1 (en) * 2017-10-30 2019-05-09 코오롱인더스트리 주식회사 Device, system and method for providing service relating to advertising and product purchase by using artificial-intelligence technology
US10643446B2 (en) 2017-12-28 2020-05-05 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Utilizing artificial intelligence to detect objects or patient safety events in a patient room
US10482321B2 (en) 2017-12-29 2019-11-19 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Methods and systems for identifying the crossing of a virtual barrier
USD924236S1 (en) 2018-01-19 2021-07-06 Panasonic Avionics Corporation Display system for mounting in a cabin
US11195159B1 (en) * 2018-08-31 2021-12-07 American Airlines, Inc. Systems and methods for payment processing during vehicular travel
JP7188975B2 (en) * 2018-10-17 2022-12-13 任天堂株式会社 Communication system, communication equipment, program and communication method
US10922936B2 (en) 2018-11-06 2021-02-16 Cerner Innovation, Inc. Methods and systems for detecting prohibited objects
US11100459B2 (en) * 2019-02-28 2021-08-24 Caastle, Inc. Systems and methods for article inventory transfer
US11230379B2 (en) 2019-03-28 2022-01-25 Betria Interactive, LLC Organizing places of interest in-flight
US20200342040A1 (en) * 2019-04-01 2020-10-29 Global Onboard Partners, Llc Onboard entertainment systems and methods
US11365007B2 (en) * 2019-10-24 2022-06-21 Panasonic Avionics Corporation Systems and methods for providing a wake-up user interface for a night mode on transportation vehicles
US11228789B2 (en) * 2020-05-06 2022-01-18 Panasonic Avionics Corporation Vehicle entertainment systems for commercial passenger vehicles
US20230196925A1 (en) * 2021-12-16 2023-06-22 Thales Avionics, Inc. Ground-based content curation platform distributing geographically-relevant content to aircraft inflight entertainment systems

Citations (94)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3037812A (en) * 1958-07-30 1962-06-05 Benjamin F Monroe Aircraft seat structure
US3980954A (en) * 1975-09-25 1976-09-14 Westinghouse Electric Corporation Bidirectional communication system for electrical power networks
US4367488A (en) * 1980-12-08 1983-01-04 Sterling Television Presentations Inc. Video Data Systems Division Data encoding for television
US4584603A (en) * 1984-10-19 1986-04-22 Harrison Elden D Amusement and information system for use on a passenger carrier
US4742544A (en) * 1984-07-09 1988-05-03 Kupnicki Richard A Television transmission network with scrambling and descrambling
US4774514A (en) * 1984-07-20 1988-09-27 Messerschmitt-Boelkow Blohm Gesellschaft Mit Beschraenkter Haftung Method and apparatus for carrying out passenger-related and flight attendant-related functions in an airplane
US4866704A (en) * 1988-03-16 1989-09-12 California Institute Of Technology Fiber optic voice/data network
US4866515A (en) * 1987-01-30 1989-09-12 Sony Corporation Passenger service and entertainment system for supplying frequency-multiplexed video, audio, and television game software signals to passenger seat terminals
US4897714A (en) * 1987-02-25 1990-01-30 Sony Corporation Passenger vehicle service system
US4958381A (en) * 1987-02-17 1990-09-18 Sony Corporation Two way communication system
US5034808A (en) * 1989-05-30 1991-07-23 Murray Harold R Unified automatic video and audio signal control and distribution system
US5123015A (en) * 1990-12-20 1992-06-16 Hughes Aircraft Company Daisy chain multiplexer
US5151896A (en) * 1990-09-21 1992-09-29 Bowman Donald J Modular digital telephone system with fully distributed local switching and control
US5208590A (en) * 1991-09-20 1993-05-04 Asinc, Inc. Flight phase information display system for aircraft passengers
US5237659A (en) * 1989-07-27 1993-08-17 Bull S.A. Gateway device for connecting a computer bus to a ring network
US5289272A (en) * 1992-02-18 1994-02-22 Hughes Aircraft Company Combined data, audio and video distribution system in passenger aircraft
US5295089A (en) * 1992-05-28 1994-03-15 Emilio Ambasz Soft, foldable consumer electronic products
US5311515A (en) * 1992-02-07 1994-05-10 Sim Ware, Incorporated Method and apparatus for the control of local area network multi-station access units
US5311302A (en) * 1992-07-02 1994-05-10 Hughes Aircraft Company Entertainment and data management system for passenger vehicle including individual seat interactive video terminals
US5325131A (en) * 1993-05-03 1994-06-28 Tektronix, Inc. Multiformat television switcher
US5383178A (en) * 1992-03-26 1995-01-17 Hewlett-Packard Company Network commentator
US5410754A (en) * 1993-07-22 1995-04-25 Minute Makers, Inc. Bi-directional wire-line to local area network interface and method
US5481478A (en) * 1994-06-03 1996-01-02 Palmieri; Herman D. Broadcast system for a facility
US5555466A (en) * 1994-10-12 1996-09-10 Asa Electronics Corporation Vehicular audio/visual system having distribution box for connecting individual passenger monitors to multiple program sources
US5610822A (en) * 1995-03-03 1997-03-11 Trimble Navigation, Ltd. Position-related multi-media presentation system
US5640022A (en) * 1993-08-27 1997-06-17 Sanyo Electric Co., Inc. Quantum effect device
US5706353A (en) * 1994-10-31 1998-01-06 Sony Corporation Recording and/or reproducing apparatus
US5709448A (en) * 1996-09-09 1998-01-20 General Motors Corporation Seat back pocket light
US5745159A (en) * 1995-05-11 1998-04-28 The Boeing Company Passenger aircraft entertainment distribution system having in-line signal conditioning
US5760819A (en) * 1996-06-19 1998-06-02 Hughes Electronics Distribution of a large number of live television programs to individual passengers in an aircraft
US5790423A (en) * 1995-06-14 1998-08-04 Audible, Inc. Interactive audio transmission receiving and playback system
US5790175A (en) * 1996-06-19 1998-08-04 Hughes Aircraft Company Aircraft satellite television system for distributing television programming derived from direct broadcast satellites
US5790787A (en) * 1994-06-02 1998-08-04 Sony Corporation Device for interfacing a CD-ROM player to an entertainment or information network and a network including such device
US5808660A (en) * 1995-09-05 1998-09-15 Sony Corporation Video on-demand system with a plurality of reception apparatus connected in a daisy chain connection
US5889775A (en) * 1995-08-07 1999-03-30 Be Aerospace, Inc. Multi-stage switch
US5889268A (en) * 1987-12-28 1999-03-30 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Point-of-sale site with card reader
US5953429A (en) * 1993-06-01 1999-09-14 Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation Integrated video and audio signal distribution system and method for use on commercial aircraft and other vehicles
US5959596A (en) * 1993-06-24 1999-09-28 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Airline-based video game and communications system
US6014381A (en) * 1996-09-13 2000-01-11 Sony Corporation System and method for distributing information throughout an aircraft
US6058288A (en) * 1995-08-07 2000-05-02 Sextant In-Flight Systems, Llc Passenger service and entertainment system
US6078348A (en) * 1996-06-17 2000-06-20 Starsight Telecast Inc. Television schedule system with enhanced features
US6177887B1 (en) * 1999-07-06 2001-01-23 George A. Jerome Multi-passenger vehicle catering and entertainment system
US6201797B1 (en) * 1997-12-12 2001-03-13 At&T Wireless Services Inc. High bandwidth delivery and internet access for airborne passengers
US6208307B1 (en) * 2000-04-07 2001-03-27 Live Tv, Inc. Aircraft in-flight entertainment system having wideband antenna steering and associated methods
US6216065B1 (en) * 1999-08-06 2001-04-10 Bell Helicopter Textron Inc. Method and system for creating an approach to a position on the ground from a location above the ground
US6249913B1 (en) * 1998-10-09 2001-06-19 General Dynamics Ots (Aerospace), Inc. Aircraft data management system
US6278936B1 (en) * 1993-05-18 2001-08-21 Global Research Systems, Inc. System and method for an advance notification system for monitoring and reporting proximity of a vehicle
US6338045B1 (en) * 1998-01-20 2002-01-08 John Charalambos Pappas Apparatus for and method of managing and tracking activities and parts
US6345720B1 (en) * 2000-12-11 2002-02-12 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Packaging tray
US20020059363A1 (en) * 1996-09-12 2002-05-16 Donald R. Katz Digital information library and delivery system with logic for generating files targeting a playback device
US20020059584A1 (en) * 2000-09-14 2002-05-16 Ferman Ahmet Mufit Audiovisual management system
US6390920B1 (en) * 1999-06-18 2002-05-21 Rockwell Collins, Inc. Vehicle entertainment system having seat controller cards programmed to operate as both browser and server
US20020095680A1 (en) * 2001-01-12 2002-07-18 Davidson Robert J. Personal movie storage module
US20020094829A1 (en) * 1999-07-06 2002-07-18 Rudolf Ritter Information system for public transportation and corresponding communication method
US20030003899A1 (en) * 2001-06-28 2003-01-02 Shigeru Tashiro Data broadcasting system, receiving terminal device, contents providing server, and contents providing method
US6507279B2 (en) * 2001-06-06 2003-01-14 Sensormatic Electronics Corporation Complete integrated self-checkout system and method
US6507952B1 (en) * 1999-05-25 2003-01-14 Rockwell Collins, Inc. Passenger entertainment system providing live video/audio programming derived from satellite broadcasts
US6519693B1 (en) * 1989-08-23 2003-02-11 Delta Beta, Pty, Ltd. Method and system of program transmission optimization using a redundant transmission sequence
US6529706B1 (en) * 1999-09-13 2003-03-04 Rockwell Collins, Inc. Aircraft satellite communications system for distributing internet service from direct broadcast satellites
US6538656B1 (en) * 1999-11-09 2003-03-25 Broadcom Corporation Video and graphics system with a data transport processor
US6549754B1 (en) * 1999-05-25 2003-04-15 Rockwell Collins, Inc. Passenger entertainment system having downconverter control signals and power supplied over output cables
US6574338B1 (en) * 1996-11-15 2003-06-03 Worldspace, Inc. Information delivery system and method
US20030107248A1 (en) * 2001-12-12 2003-06-12 Sanford William C. Aircraft passenger seat and in-flight entertainment integrated electronics
US20030126614A1 (en) * 2001-12-27 2003-07-03 Staiger Jay G. Hybrid fiber optic and coaxial cable network node that contains a cable modem termination system
US6598227B1 (en) * 1999-03-24 2003-07-22 Rockwell Collins, Inc. Vehicle entertainment system having multiple download channels
US6600418B2 (en) * 2000-12-12 2003-07-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Object tracking and management system and method using radio-frequency identification tags
US6599812B1 (en) * 1998-10-23 2003-07-29 Stmicroelectronics S.R.L. Manufacturing method for a thick oxide layer
US20030148736A1 (en) * 1995-11-14 2003-08-07 Harris Corporation Wireless, frequency-agile spread spectrum ground link-based aircraft data communication system
US6609103B1 (en) * 1998-07-20 2003-08-19 Usa Technologies, Inc. Electronic commerce terminal for facilitating incentive-based purchasing on transportation vehicles
US6693236B1 (en) * 1999-12-28 2004-02-17 Monkeymedia, Inc. User interface for simultaneous management of owned and unowned inventory
US20040077308A1 (en) * 2002-10-16 2004-04-22 Sanford William C. Wireless data transmission in between seat rows in aircraft
US6736315B2 (en) * 1987-12-28 2004-05-18 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Point-of-sale system with real-time database access and printing of human-readable price information
US20040098475A1 (en) * 2002-11-19 2004-05-20 Newisys, Inc., A Delaware Corporation Methods and apparatus for distributing system management signals
US6757712B1 (en) * 1998-09-08 2004-06-29 Tenzing Communications, Inc. Communications systems for aircraft
US20040128688A1 (en) * 2002-12-28 2004-07-01 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for providing advertisement VOD services for mobile communication terminal
US6796495B2 (en) * 2001-09-12 2004-09-28 The Boeing Company Seatback having removable interface for use in providing communication on-board a mobile platform
US20050044564A1 (en) * 2003-06-04 2005-02-24 Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation System and method for downloading files
US6876905B2 (en) * 2002-11-14 2005-04-05 System And Software Enterprises, Inc. Aircraft data transmission system for wireless communication of data between the aircraft and ground-based systems
US6892052B2 (en) * 2002-03-26 2005-05-10 Nokia Corporation Radio frequency identification (RF-ID) based discovery for short range radio communication
US20050114894A1 (en) * 2003-11-26 2005-05-26 David Hoerl System for video digitization and image correction for use with a computer management system
US20050132407A1 (en) * 2003-12-15 2005-06-16 Aircraft Protective Systems, Inc. Detachable seat mounted audio-visual entertainment system with locally storable, selectable, and updatable content
US20050202785A1 (en) * 2004-02-13 2005-09-15 Meyer Thomas J. Aircraft interior wireless communications system
US20060008256A1 (en) * 2003-10-01 2006-01-12 Khedouri Robert K Audio visual player apparatus and system and method of content distribution using the same
US6990338B2 (en) * 2001-06-11 2006-01-24 The Boeing Company Mobile wireless local area network and related methods
US20060032979A1 (en) * 2004-06-30 2006-02-16 The Boeing Company Aircraft interior configuration detection system
US20060088001A1 (en) * 2004-10-13 2006-04-27 Airbus Deutschland Gmbh Communication system for an aircraft
US7086081B2 (en) * 2001-11-08 2006-08-01 International Business Machines Corporation Multi-terminal docking station system
US20060174285A1 (en) * 2004-11-05 2006-08-03 Thales Avionics, Inc. In-flight entertainment system with hand-out passenger terminals
US7100187B2 (en) * 2001-09-06 2006-08-29 Airia Ltd. Method and system for providing an audio/video in-route entertainment system
US20060217121A1 (en) * 2005-03-25 2006-09-28 Soliman Samir S System and method for creating a wireless picocell
US7177638B2 (en) * 2004-12-28 2007-02-13 Live Tv, Llc Aircraft in-flight entertainment system including digital radio service and associated methods
US7233958B2 (en) * 2002-02-01 2007-06-19 Sap Aktiengesellschaft Communications in an item tracking system
US7483696B1 (en) * 2004-11-29 2009-01-27 Rockwell Collins, Inc. Cellular wireless network for passengers cabins
US7496361B1 (en) * 2004-07-19 2009-02-24 Rockwell Collins, Inc. Configurable cabin antenna system and placement process

Family Cites Families (66)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4890104A (en) 1983-03-25 1989-12-26 Nippondenso Co., Ltd. Electronic map display system for use on vehicle
US4975696A (en) 1987-03-23 1990-12-04 Asinc, Inc. Real-time flight and destination display for aircraft passengers
US5701582A (en) 1989-08-23 1997-12-23 Delta Beta Pty. Ltd. Method and apparatus for efficient transmissions of programs
US5177616A (en) * 1991-12-02 1993-01-05 Matsushita Avionics Systems Stowable video display assembly
US6147696A (en) 1993-06-24 2000-11-14 Nintendo Co. Ltd. Electronic entertainment and communication system
US5469363A (en) 1994-05-19 1995-11-21 Saliga; Thomas V. Electronic tag with source certification capability
US5568484A (en) * 1994-12-22 1996-10-22 Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation Telecommunications system and method for use on commercial aircraft and other vehicles
US5640002A (en) 1995-08-15 1997-06-17 Ruppert; Jonathan Paul Portable RF ID tag and barcode reader
FI101445B (en) 1995-10-03 1998-06-15 Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd Mobile location system
US5835127A (en) 1996-04-25 1998-11-10 Sony Corporation Integrated electronic system utilizing a universal interface to support telephony and other communication services
US5973722A (en) 1996-09-16 1999-10-26 Sony Corporation Combined digital audio/video on demand and broadcast distribution system
US6504580B1 (en) 1997-03-24 2003-01-07 Evolve Products, Inc. Non-Telephonic, non-remote controller, wireless information presentation device with advertising display
IL120684A (en) 1997-04-16 2009-08-03 Handelman Doron Entertainment system
US7333863B1 (en) * 1997-05-05 2008-02-19 Warner Music Group, Inc. Recording and playback control system
US5990928A (en) 1997-05-30 1999-11-23 Rockwell International Corporation Method and apparatus for receiving broadcast entertainment transmissions at a moving receiver station
US5857869A (en) * 1997-06-23 1999-01-12 Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation Spring latch for use with cable connectors
FI110658B (en) 1998-01-15 2003-02-28 Nokia Corp Improved positioning geometry and cell based positioning system
US6151497A (en) 1998-02-12 2000-11-21 Motorola, Inc. Satellite based high bandwidth data broadcast
US6003008A (en) 1998-03-20 1999-12-14 Skyteller L.L.C. Point of sale device
US6499027B1 (en) 1998-05-26 2002-12-24 Rockwell Collins, Inc. System software architecture for a passenger entertainment system, method and article of manufacture
US6807538B1 (en) * 1998-05-26 2004-10-19 Rockwell Collins Passenger entertainment system, method and article of manufacture employing object oriented system software
US6129274A (en) 1998-06-09 2000-10-10 Fujitsu Limited System and method for updating shopping transaction history using electronic personal digital shopping assistant
US6135549A (en) 1998-08-14 2000-10-24 Johnson Controls Technology Company Vehicle seat with computer storage and work table
US6810527B1 (en) * 1999-09-27 2004-10-26 News America, Inc. System and method for distribution and delivery of media context and other data to aircraft passengers
US8700459B2 (en) * 2000-04-28 2014-04-15 Yisroel Lefkowitz Method and apparatus for selling international travel tickets in combination with duty free goods
US20030093798A1 (en) 2000-07-10 2003-05-15 Michael Rogerson Modular entertainment system configured for multiple broadband content delivery incorporating a distributed server
US6487540B1 (en) 2000-07-25 2002-11-26 In2M Corporation Methods and systems for electronic receipt transmission and management
JP2002183625A (en) * 2000-12-18 2002-06-28 Nec Corp Rental system of visual and audio contents
US6661353B1 (en) * 2001-03-15 2003-12-09 Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation Method for displaying interactive flight map information
ITTO20010296A1 (en) * 2001-03-30 2002-09-30 Telecom Italia Lab Spa METHOD FOR THE TRANSMISSION OF LOCALIZATION DATA OF MOBILE APPARATUS FOR MOBILE TELEPHONY.
US7610602B2 (en) * 2001-05-23 2009-10-27 The Directv Group, Inc. Method, system and computer program product for aircraft multimedia distribution
US7238680B2 (en) 2001-06-01 2007-07-03 Rosen Steven E Topical compositions for veterinary uses
US20030023456A1 (en) * 2001-07-20 2003-01-30 Dilollo Michael R. System and method for enabling retail sales to international travellers
US6643510B2 (en) 2001-08-29 2003-11-04 The Boeing Company Mobile platform real time availability and content scheduling system and method
IL160211A0 (en) 2001-09-11 2004-07-25 Matsushita Avionics Systems Co In-flight seatback with pocket for pcu
US20050039208A1 (en) 2001-10-12 2005-02-17 General Dynamics Ots (Aerospace), Inc. Wireless data communications system for a transportation vehicle
US6637484B1 (en) 2001-10-31 2003-10-28 Kerri Kraft Mobile technology organizer handbag
JP4005355B2 (en) * 2001-12-27 2007-11-07 日本電信電話株式会社 Video on demand service provision system for aircraft passengers
US20050216938A1 (en) * 2002-05-14 2005-09-29 Thales Avionics, Inc. In-flight entertainment system with wireless communication among components
US7114171B2 (en) * 2002-05-14 2006-09-26 Thales Avionics, Inc. Method for controlling an in-flight entertainment system
AU2003256332A1 (en) 2002-06-26 2004-01-19 Michael Rogerson Aircraft communication distribution system
US7769398B2 (en) * 2002-11-15 2010-08-03 The Boeing Company Broadband wireless distribution system for mobile platform interior
JP2004199893A (en) 2002-12-16 2004-07-15 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Heating cooking apparatus
US20050055228A1 (en) * 2003-09-08 2005-03-10 Aircraft Protective Systems, Inc. Management method of in-flight entertainment device rentals having self-contained audio-visual presentations
WO2005048101A2 (en) * 2003-11-07 2005-05-26 Computer Associates Think, Inc. Method and system for software installation
US7857176B2 (en) * 2003-11-10 2010-12-28 Audiovox Corporation Seat mountable video system
US20050177763A1 (en) * 2004-02-06 2005-08-11 Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation System and method for improving network reliability
US20050193257A1 (en) * 2004-02-06 2005-09-01 Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation System and method for improving network reliability
WO2005079411A2 (en) 2004-02-17 2005-09-01 Thales Avionics, Inc. A system and method utilizing internet protocol (ip) sequencing to identify components of a passenger flight information system (pfis)
US7474205B2 (en) 2004-03-24 2009-01-06 Richard Steven Trela Stand-off vehicle under-carriage inspection and detection system for deterring vehicle bombers from a safe stand-off distance
US6971608B2 (en) * 2004-04-02 2005-12-06 The Boeing Company Integrated transport system and method for overhead stowage and retrieval
US20050251798A1 (en) * 2004-05-05 2005-11-10 News, Iq, Inc. System and method for inventory control and management
US7984190B2 (en) * 2004-05-07 2011-07-19 Panasonic Avionics Corporation System and method for managing content on mobile platforms
JP5020072B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2012-09-05 パナソニック・アビオニクス・コーポレイション Portable media device and method for displaying viewing content on the move
JP2006000840A (en) 2004-06-16 2006-01-05 Rarufu Corporation:Kk Bath water sterilization apparatus
WO2006052941A1 (en) * 2004-11-05 2006-05-18 Panasonic Avionics Corporation System and method for receiving broadcast content on a mobile platform during international travel
US7280825B2 (en) 2004-12-28 2007-10-09 Live Tv, Llc Aircraft in-flight entertainment system including low power transceivers and associated methods
EP1867113B1 (en) * 2005-03-29 2009-10-14 Panasonic Avionics Corporation System and method for routing communication signals via a data distribution network
JP4869333B2 (en) * 2005-04-19 2012-02-08 パナソニック・アビオニクス・コーポレイション System and method for displaying high quality video
US20060270373A1 (en) 2005-05-27 2006-11-30 Nasaco Electronics (Hong Kong) Ltd. In-flight entertainment wireless audio transmitter/receiver system
US20070044126A1 (en) * 2005-08-18 2007-02-22 Rockwell Collins, Inc. Wireless video entertainment system
US7454203B2 (en) * 2005-09-29 2008-11-18 Nextel Communications, Inc. System and method for providing wireless services to aircraft passengers
US20080124054A1 (en) * 2006-09-19 2008-05-29 Terence Bonar Portable media player
US20080127278A1 (en) * 2006-09-19 2008-05-29 Terence Bonar Portable media player
EP2140683A4 (en) * 2007-04-30 2013-05-01 Thales Avionics Inc Wireless audio distribution system and method for an in-flight entertainment system
US20090042651A1 (en) * 2007-08-06 2009-02-12 Julian Prabhu Mobile wireless entertainment system and network

Patent Citations (99)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3037812A (en) * 1958-07-30 1962-06-05 Benjamin F Monroe Aircraft seat structure
US3980954A (en) * 1975-09-25 1976-09-14 Westinghouse Electric Corporation Bidirectional communication system for electrical power networks
US4367488A (en) * 1980-12-08 1983-01-04 Sterling Television Presentations Inc. Video Data Systems Division Data encoding for television
US4742544A (en) * 1984-07-09 1988-05-03 Kupnicki Richard A Television transmission network with scrambling and descrambling
US4774514A (en) * 1984-07-20 1988-09-27 Messerschmitt-Boelkow Blohm Gesellschaft Mit Beschraenkter Haftung Method and apparatus for carrying out passenger-related and flight attendant-related functions in an airplane
US4584603A (en) * 1984-10-19 1986-04-22 Harrison Elden D Amusement and information system for use on a passenger carrier
US4866515A (en) * 1987-01-30 1989-09-12 Sony Corporation Passenger service and entertainment system for supplying frequency-multiplexed video, audio, and television game software signals to passenger seat terminals
US4958381A (en) * 1987-02-17 1990-09-18 Sony Corporation Two way communication system
US4897714A (en) * 1987-02-25 1990-01-30 Sony Corporation Passenger vehicle service system
US6736315B2 (en) * 1987-12-28 2004-05-18 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Point-of-sale system with real-time database access and printing of human-readable price information
US5889268A (en) * 1987-12-28 1999-03-30 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Point-of-sale site with card reader
US4866704A (en) * 1988-03-16 1989-09-12 California Institute Of Technology Fiber optic voice/data network
US5034808A (en) * 1989-05-30 1991-07-23 Murray Harold R Unified automatic video and audio signal control and distribution system
US5237659A (en) * 1989-07-27 1993-08-17 Bull S.A. Gateway device for connecting a computer bus to a ring network
US6519693B1 (en) * 1989-08-23 2003-02-11 Delta Beta, Pty, Ltd. Method and system of program transmission optimization using a redundant transmission sequence
US5151896A (en) * 1990-09-21 1992-09-29 Bowman Donald J Modular digital telephone system with fully distributed local switching and control
US5123015A (en) * 1990-12-20 1992-06-16 Hughes Aircraft Company Daisy chain multiplexer
US5208590A (en) * 1991-09-20 1993-05-04 Asinc, Inc. Flight phase information display system for aircraft passengers
US5311515A (en) * 1992-02-07 1994-05-10 Sim Ware, Incorporated Method and apparatus for the control of local area network multi-station access units
US5289272A (en) * 1992-02-18 1994-02-22 Hughes Aircraft Company Combined data, audio and video distribution system in passenger aircraft
US5383178A (en) * 1992-03-26 1995-01-17 Hewlett-Packard Company Network commentator
US5295089A (en) * 1992-05-28 1994-03-15 Emilio Ambasz Soft, foldable consumer electronic products
US5311302A (en) * 1992-07-02 1994-05-10 Hughes Aircraft Company Entertainment and data management system for passenger vehicle including individual seat interactive video terminals
US5325131A (en) * 1993-05-03 1994-06-28 Tektronix, Inc. Multiformat television switcher
US6278936B1 (en) * 1993-05-18 2001-08-21 Global Research Systems, Inc. System and method for an advance notification system for monitoring and reporting proximity of a vehicle
US5953429A (en) * 1993-06-01 1999-09-14 Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation Integrated video and audio signal distribution system and method for use on commercial aircraft and other vehicles
US5959596A (en) * 1993-06-24 1999-09-28 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Airline-based video game and communications system
US5410754A (en) * 1993-07-22 1995-04-25 Minute Makers, Inc. Bi-directional wire-line to local area network interface and method
US5640022A (en) * 1993-08-27 1997-06-17 Sanyo Electric Co., Inc. Quantum effect device
US5790787A (en) * 1994-06-02 1998-08-04 Sony Corporation Device for interfacing a CD-ROM player to an entertainment or information network and a network including such device
US5481478A (en) * 1994-06-03 1996-01-02 Palmieri; Herman D. Broadcast system for a facility
US5555466A (en) * 1994-10-12 1996-09-10 Asa Electronics Corporation Vehicular audio/visual system having distribution box for connecting individual passenger monitors to multiple program sources
US5706353A (en) * 1994-10-31 1998-01-06 Sony Corporation Recording and/or reproducing apparatus
US5610822A (en) * 1995-03-03 1997-03-11 Trimble Navigation, Ltd. Position-related multi-media presentation system
US5745159A (en) * 1995-05-11 1998-04-28 The Boeing Company Passenger aircraft entertainment distribution system having in-line signal conditioning
US5790423A (en) * 1995-06-14 1998-08-04 Audible, Inc. Interactive audio transmission receiving and playback system
US5889775A (en) * 1995-08-07 1999-03-30 Be Aerospace, Inc. Multi-stage switch
US6058288A (en) * 1995-08-07 2000-05-02 Sextant In-Flight Systems, Llc Passenger service and entertainment system
US5808660A (en) * 1995-09-05 1998-09-15 Sony Corporation Video on-demand system with a plurality of reception apparatus connected in a daisy chain connection
US20030148736A1 (en) * 1995-11-14 2003-08-07 Harris Corporation Wireless, frequency-agile spread spectrum ground link-based aircraft data communication system
US6078348A (en) * 1996-06-17 2000-06-20 Starsight Telecast Inc. Television schedule system with enhanced features
US5790175A (en) * 1996-06-19 1998-08-04 Hughes Aircraft Company Aircraft satellite television system for distributing television programming derived from direct broadcast satellites
US5760819A (en) * 1996-06-19 1998-06-02 Hughes Electronics Distribution of a large number of live television programs to individual passengers in an aircraft
US5709448A (en) * 1996-09-09 1998-01-20 General Motors Corporation Seat back pocket light
US20020059363A1 (en) * 1996-09-12 2002-05-16 Donald R. Katz Digital information library and delivery system with logic for generating files targeting a playback device
US6014381A (en) * 1996-09-13 2000-01-11 Sony Corporation System and method for distributing information throughout an aircraft
US6574338B1 (en) * 1996-11-15 2003-06-03 Worldspace, Inc. Information delivery system and method
US6201797B1 (en) * 1997-12-12 2001-03-13 At&T Wireless Services Inc. High bandwidth delivery and internet access for airborne passengers
US6338045B1 (en) * 1998-01-20 2002-01-08 John Charalambos Pappas Apparatus for and method of managing and tracking activities and parts
US6622124B1 (en) * 1998-07-20 2003-09-16 Usa Technologies, Inc. Method of transacting an electronic mail, an electronic commerce, and an electronic business transaction by an electronic commerce terminal operated on a transportation vehicle
US6609103B1 (en) * 1998-07-20 2003-08-19 Usa Technologies, Inc. Electronic commerce terminal for facilitating incentive-based purchasing on transportation vehicles
US20040167967A1 (en) * 1998-09-08 2004-08-26 Tenzing Communications, Inc. Communications systems for aircraft
US6757712B1 (en) * 1998-09-08 2004-06-29 Tenzing Communications, Inc. Communications systems for aircraft
US6249913B1 (en) * 1998-10-09 2001-06-19 General Dynamics Ots (Aerospace), Inc. Aircraft data management system
US6599812B1 (en) * 1998-10-23 2003-07-29 Stmicroelectronics S.R.L. Manufacturing method for a thick oxide layer
US6598227B1 (en) * 1999-03-24 2003-07-22 Rockwell Collins, Inc. Vehicle entertainment system having multiple download channels
US6507952B1 (en) * 1999-05-25 2003-01-14 Rockwell Collins, Inc. Passenger entertainment system providing live video/audio programming derived from satellite broadcasts
US6549754B1 (en) * 1999-05-25 2003-04-15 Rockwell Collins, Inc. Passenger entertainment system having downconverter control signals and power supplied over output cables
US6390920B1 (en) * 1999-06-18 2002-05-21 Rockwell Collins, Inc. Vehicle entertainment system having seat controller cards programmed to operate as both browser and server
US20020094829A1 (en) * 1999-07-06 2002-07-18 Rudolf Ritter Information system for public transportation and corresponding communication method
US6177887B1 (en) * 1999-07-06 2001-01-23 George A. Jerome Multi-passenger vehicle catering and entertainment system
US6216065B1 (en) * 1999-08-06 2001-04-10 Bell Helicopter Textron Inc. Method and system for creating an approach to a position on the ground from a location above the ground
US6529706B1 (en) * 1999-09-13 2003-03-04 Rockwell Collins, Inc. Aircraft satellite communications system for distributing internet service from direct broadcast satellites
US6538656B1 (en) * 1999-11-09 2003-03-25 Broadcom Corporation Video and graphics system with a data transport processor
US6693236B1 (en) * 1999-12-28 2004-02-17 Monkeymedia, Inc. User interface for simultaneous management of owned and unowned inventory
US6208307B1 (en) * 2000-04-07 2001-03-27 Live Tv, Inc. Aircraft in-flight entertainment system having wideband antenna steering and associated methods
US20020059584A1 (en) * 2000-09-14 2002-05-16 Ferman Ahmet Mufit Audiovisual management system
US6345720B1 (en) * 2000-12-11 2002-02-12 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Packaging tray
US6600418B2 (en) * 2000-12-12 2003-07-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Object tracking and management system and method using radio-frequency identification tags
US20020095680A1 (en) * 2001-01-12 2002-07-18 Davidson Robert J. Personal movie storage module
US6507279B2 (en) * 2001-06-06 2003-01-14 Sensormatic Electronics Corporation Complete integrated self-checkout system and method
US6990338B2 (en) * 2001-06-11 2006-01-24 The Boeing Company Mobile wireless local area network and related methods
US20030003899A1 (en) * 2001-06-28 2003-01-02 Shigeru Tashiro Data broadcasting system, receiving terminal device, contents providing server, and contents providing method
US7100187B2 (en) * 2001-09-06 2006-08-29 Airia Ltd. Method and system for providing an audio/video in-route entertainment system
US6796495B2 (en) * 2001-09-12 2004-09-28 The Boeing Company Seatback having removable interface for use in providing communication on-board a mobile platform
US7086081B2 (en) * 2001-11-08 2006-08-01 International Business Machines Corporation Multi-terminal docking station system
US20040183346A1 (en) * 2001-12-12 2004-09-23 Sanford William C. Aircraft passenger seat and in-flight entertainment integrated electronics
US20030107248A1 (en) * 2001-12-12 2003-06-12 Sanford William C. Aircraft passenger seat and in-flight entertainment integrated electronics
US7036889B2 (en) * 2001-12-12 2006-05-02 The Boeing Company Aircraft passenger seat and in-flight entertainment integrated electronics
US6899390B2 (en) * 2001-12-12 2005-05-31 The Boeing Company Aircraft passenger seat and in-flight entertainment integrated electronics
US20030126614A1 (en) * 2001-12-27 2003-07-03 Staiger Jay G. Hybrid fiber optic and coaxial cable network node that contains a cable modem termination system
US7233958B2 (en) * 2002-02-01 2007-06-19 Sap Aktiengesellschaft Communications in an item tracking system
US6892052B2 (en) * 2002-03-26 2005-05-10 Nokia Corporation Radio frequency identification (RF-ID) based discovery for short range radio communication
US20040077308A1 (en) * 2002-10-16 2004-04-22 Sanford William C. Wireless data transmission in between seat rows in aircraft
US6876905B2 (en) * 2002-11-14 2005-04-05 System And Software Enterprises, Inc. Aircraft data transmission system for wireless communication of data between the aircraft and ground-based systems
US20040098475A1 (en) * 2002-11-19 2004-05-20 Newisys, Inc., A Delaware Corporation Methods and apparatus for distributing system management signals
US20040128688A1 (en) * 2002-12-28 2004-07-01 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for providing advertisement VOD services for mobile communication terminal
US20050044564A1 (en) * 2003-06-04 2005-02-24 Matsushita Avionics Systems Corporation System and method for downloading files
US20060008256A1 (en) * 2003-10-01 2006-01-12 Khedouri Robert K Audio visual player apparatus and system and method of content distribution using the same
US20050114894A1 (en) * 2003-11-26 2005-05-26 David Hoerl System for video digitization and image correction for use with a computer management system
US20050132407A1 (en) * 2003-12-15 2005-06-16 Aircraft Protective Systems, Inc. Detachable seat mounted audio-visual entertainment system with locally storable, selectable, and updatable content
US20050202785A1 (en) * 2004-02-13 2005-09-15 Meyer Thomas J. Aircraft interior wireless communications system
US20060032979A1 (en) * 2004-06-30 2006-02-16 The Boeing Company Aircraft interior configuration detection system
US7496361B1 (en) * 2004-07-19 2009-02-24 Rockwell Collins, Inc. Configurable cabin antenna system and placement process
US20060088001A1 (en) * 2004-10-13 2006-04-27 Airbus Deutschland Gmbh Communication system for an aircraft
US20060174285A1 (en) * 2004-11-05 2006-08-03 Thales Avionics, Inc. In-flight entertainment system with hand-out passenger terminals
US7483696B1 (en) * 2004-11-29 2009-01-27 Rockwell Collins, Inc. Cellular wireless network for passengers cabins
US7177638B2 (en) * 2004-12-28 2007-02-13 Live Tv, Llc Aircraft in-flight entertainment system including digital radio service and associated methods
US20060217121A1 (en) * 2005-03-25 2006-09-28 Soliman Samir S System and method for creating a wireless picocell

Cited By (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9300714B2 (en) * 2008-09-19 2016-03-29 Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation Upstream signal processing for client devices in a small-cell wireless network
US20110169721A1 (en) * 2008-09-19 2011-07-14 Claus Bauer Upstream signal processing for client devices in a small-cell wireless network
US20130074111A1 (en) * 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Elwha LLC, a limited liability company of the State of Delaware In-transit electronic media with location-based content
US20130074107A1 (en) * 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Elwha LLC, a limited liability of the State of Delaware Power source for in-transit electronic media
US20130074112A1 (en) * 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Elwha LLC, a limited liability company of the State of Delaware Secure electronic media for in-transit passenger usage
US8776145B2 (en) * 2011-09-16 2014-07-08 Elwha Llc In-transit electronic media with location-based content
US9158908B2 (en) * 2011-09-16 2015-10-13 Elwha Llc Power source for in-transit electronic media
US9924203B2 (en) * 2014-03-20 2018-03-20 Yahoo Japan Corporation Delivery device and delivery method
US20150271532A1 (en) * 2014-03-20 2015-09-24 Yahoo Japan Corporation Delivery device and delivery method
US10869076B2 (en) 2015-03-17 2020-12-15 Piksel, Inc. Access to content
US9852355B2 (en) * 2015-04-21 2017-12-26 Thales Avionics, Inc. Facial analysis for vehicle entertainment system metrics
US20180345789A1 (en) * 2016-06-03 2018-12-06 Faraday&Future Inc. Infotainment playback control
CN107465948A (en) * 2016-06-03 2017-12-12 法拉第未来公司 Infotainment playback controls
WO2018152212A1 (en) * 2017-02-14 2018-08-23 Systems And Software Enterprises, Llc Dynamic and distributed meshed network for in-flight entertainment systems
US10390053B2 (en) 2017-02-14 2019-08-20 Systems And Software Enterprises, Llc Dynamic and distributed meshed network for in-flight entertainment systems
US10172055B2 (en) * 2017-03-01 2019-01-01 Thales Avionics, Inc. Controlling wireless access point handover and/or transmissions mode based on person proximity
US10616741B2 (en) * 2017-04-27 2020-04-07 Thales Avionics, Inc. In-flight entertainment systems with a central bluetooth controller controlling bluetooth connections between passenger terminals and video display units
US20200045150A1 (en) * 2018-08-02 2020-02-06 Gogo Llc On-board self-healing network for delivery of vehicle passenger-consumable content
WO2020028761A1 (en) * 2018-08-02 2020-02-06 Gogo Llc On-board self-healing network for delivery of vehicle passenger-consumable content
US10965794B2 (en) * 2018-08-02 2021-03-30 Gogo Business Aviation Llc On-board self-healing network for delivery of vehicle passenger-consumable content
CN112805966A (en) * 2018-08-02 2021-05-14 高高商务航空有限责任公司 On-board self-healing network for delivering vehicle occupant consumable content
US11363126B2 (en) * 2018-08-02 2022-06-14 Gogo Business Aviation Llc On-board self-healing network for delivery of vehicle passenger-consumable content
US20220286537A1 (en) * 2018-08-02 2022-09-08 Gogo Business Aviation Llc On-board self-healing network for delivery of vehicle passenger-consumable content
US11805194B2 (en) * 2018-08-02 2023-10-31 Gogo Business Aviation Llc On-board self-healing network for delivery of vehicle passenger-consumable content

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2008508749A (en) 2008-03-21
US7945934B2 (en) 2011-05-17
US20060107295A1 (en) 2006-05-18
EP1774785B1 (en) 2011-11-16
US8037500B2 (en) 2011-10-11
KR101161046B1 (en) 2012-06-28
US20090228908A1 (en) 2009-09-10
CA2568595C (en) 2015-05-05
WO2005125207A2 (en) 2005-12-29
CA2568595A1 (en) 2005-12-29
JP5020072B2 (en) 2012-09-05
US20120030708A1 (en) 2012-02-02
EP1774785A2 (en) 2007-04-18
KR20070085121A (en) 2007-08-27
WO2005125207A3 (en) 2006-02-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7945934B2 (en) Portable media device and method for presenting viewing content during travel
US7984190B2 (en) System and method for managing content on mobile platforms
US8135773B2 (en) System and method for downloading files
CN101868923B (en) System and method for receiving broadcast content on a mobile platform during travel
US8508673B2 (en) User interface device and method for presenting viewing content
US20090094635A1 (en) System and Method for Presenting Advertisement Content on a Mobile Platform During Travel
US20180027037A1 (en) Mobile device-based content loader for entertainment system
US10779051B2 (en) Screen mirroring from personal electronic devices to transportation vehicle display screens
US11172240B2 (en) Content loading through ad-hoc wireless networks between aircraft on the ground
US20050091110A1 (en) Information and security audio and video transmission reception system
US8285309B2 (en) System for the wireless transmission of information to a mobile appliance of a user of a means of transport
US20140237509A1 (en) Integrated Cable Modem And Cable Television Management System
WO2005006667A1 (en) Wireless communication system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: PANASONIC AVIONICS CORPORATION, WASHINGTON

Free format text: CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE NAME OF ONE ASSIGNEE FROM STEPHAN PANNENBECKER TO STEFAN PANNENBECKER PREVIOUSLY RECORDED ON REEL 026279 FRAME 0594.ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE CORRECTION OF A TYPOGRAPHICAL ERROR;ASSIGNOR:PANNENBECKER, STEFAN;REEL/FRAME:026465/0208

Effective date: 20060119

Owner name: PANASONIC AVIONICS CORPORATION, WASHINGTON

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:MARGIS, PAUL ANTHONY;HAAK, JAMES ALLEN;LUNDQUIST, CHRISTOPHER BRIAN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20060110 TO 20060119;REEL/FRAME:026279/0594

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION